{ "count": 1658, "faqs": [ { "question": "Do you deliver across Singapore?", "answer": "Yes. We deliver to addresses across Singapore, including HDB flats, condominiums and offices. Delivery is free on orders of $150 or more and a flat $20 under that.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "How long does delivery take?", "answer": "Most orders arrive within 7 to 14 working days of the order date, including our handling time. Our pieces are sent from overseas warehouses, mostly in Europe and the United States, which is why the window is wider than a local courier. You get a tracking link by email as soon as your order is on its way.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "What payment methods can I use?", "answer": "Visa, Mastercard and American Express through our secure Stripe checkout, or PayPal. Prices are in Singapore dollars (SGD).", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "Is the material really cashmere, linen or leather?", "answer": "Every product page names the material and, where the maker states it, the percentage. We list what the maker confirms and nothing more. If a piece is a blend, a linen look or faux leather, its name says so. If a fact is missing from the page, email us before you order and we'll check it.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "How do I care for cashmere, merino and linen?", "answer": "Cashmere and merino: hand wash cold or dry clean, dry flat, and store folded once fully dry. Linen: machine wash cool, line dry or tumble low, and skip the iron if you like the softer look. Each product page has the care instructions for that item.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "Can I return something if it isn't right?", "answer": "Yes. You can return any product within 14 days of delivery, unused and in resaleable condition, for a full refund including standard delivery. This is on top of your protection under the Consumer Protection (Fair Trading) Act 2003.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "Do the colours match the photos?", "answer": "As closely as a screen allows. Natural fibres and leather vary a little from piece to piece, and marble veining is never the same twice. Small differences from the photo are normal and not a fault.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "Do you gift wrap?", "answer": "Not at the moment. Orders ship in plain protective packaging with no prices shown on the outside, so you can send an order straight to the person it's for.", "source": "general", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/contact/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in the set?", "answer": "You receive twelve dinner napkins in a single natural colour. Each one is identical, so there is no odd mix of shades or sizes. Nothing else is included in the set.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What size is each napkin?", "answer": "Each napkin measures 51 x 51 cm, which is 20 x 20 inches. That is a full dinner napkin size rather than a small cocktail square. Opened out, it sits comfortably across a lap.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What are they made from?", "answer": "They are made from 100% linen, as stated by the maker, who says the cloth is not blended with any other fibre.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Why choose linen napkins?", "answer": "Mostly for the look and feel. Linen has a slightly uneven, textured weave that reads as relaxed rather than flat, and the maker describes this linen as light and airy. We make no performance claims beyond that.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What is a hemstitch edge?", "answer": "A hemstitch is a decorative drawn-thread detail worked along the hem of the napkin. It creates a fine openwork line just inside the border. It is a traditional finish associated with good table linen.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What are mitred corners?", "answer": "Mitred corners are where the hem is folded and joined at a 45 degree angle at each corner. It removes bulk and gives a flat, square finish. It is a sign the napkin has been tailored rather than simply hemmed quickly.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What colour is natural?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour natural. The photos show a flax beige, somewhere between oatmeal and light taupe, and not a white. Screens vary, so expect a gentle, earthy tone.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will they match my dinnerware?", "answer": "A plain natural shade is about as flexible as table linen gets. It works with white porcelain, stoneware, glass and darker plates alike. That makes a neutral set an easy place to start a collection.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are twelve napkins too many for a small household?", "answer": "Not really. Twelve lets you use two or three a day without washing constantly, and it means a full set is ready when you host. Many buyers split the set, keeping six in daily rotation and six put away for guests.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I use these every day?", "answer": "Yes. The maker states that they are machine washable and dryer safe, and daily use is the point of a washable napkin. Treat them as everyday cloth, not special occasion only.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for formal dinners?", "answer": "They are. The hemstitch and mitred corners give them a restaurant-style finish, and the generous size reads as formal when pressed. Press them crisp for a dressed table or leave them soft for a relaxed one.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "The maker states that they are machine washable and dryer safe. Wash with similar colours using a mild detergent, and leave out bleach, which is hard on natural fibres.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do they need ironing?", "answer": "Only if you want them crisp. Ironing while slightly damp on a medium to hot setting gives the sharpest result. Plenty of people skip it entirely and enjoy the softer, lived-in look linen settles into.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "Natural fibres can tighten slightly on the first wash, which is normal for linen. Washing in warm rather than very hot water keeps any change small.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will they wrinkle?", "answer": "Linen wrinkles, and that is part of its character. If you prefer a smooth table, iron them while damp and fold immediately. If you like the casual look, fold them straight from the dryer and leave them be.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How do I get food stains out?", "answer": "Rinse the spot with cold water as soon as you can, then treat it with a little mild detergent before washing. Avoid hot water on protein or oil stains, as heat can set them. Repeat the treatment before drying if the mark is still visible.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will red wine ruin them?", "answer": "Not necessarily. Blot rather than rub, rinse with cold water quickly, and launder soon after. A natural shade is also more forgiving than pure white if a faint shadow remains.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How wide is the hem?", "answer": "The maker states a hem of 1.5 inches, which is about 3.8 cm. It is finished with a hemstitch line and mitred corners.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Is there any pattern or print?", "answer": "No. The maker gives the pattern as solid. The only decoration is the hemstitch line that runs just inside the hem on all four sides.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I use them as small placemats or bread basket liners?", "answer": "At 51 cm square they work well for lining a bread basket or covering a tray. They are a little small for a full placemat under a dinner plate with cutlery, though they look good under a side plate. Many people keep a few aside for exactly these jobs.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are they a good alternative to paper napkins?", "answer": "That is one of the main reasons people buy a dozen. They are reusable and machine washable, and twelve is enough to make the switch practical for a household that has people over.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for an air-conditioned dining room?", "answer": "Yes. They are ordinary cloth table napkins and need no special conditions, with the air conditioning on or off. The maker describes the linen as light and airy.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can children use them?", "answer": "Yes, they are ordinary cloth napkins. Because they are machine washable and dryer safe, a messy meal is not a problem. Keep a few in daily rotation so there is always a clean one at hand.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do they come with napkin rings?", "answer": "No, the set contains the twelve napkins only. They take a ring well if you have them, and a simple knot or loose fold also looks good. The plain natural colour works with almost any ring material.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How should I store them?", "answer": "Fold or roll them and keep them in a dry drawer or cupboard away from direct sun. Avoid storing them damp, which can cause musty odours or marks. A loose fold creates fewer hard creases than a tight one.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I dye them?", "answer": "Linen takes dye well and a natural base is a reasonable starting point. That said, dyeing is at your own risk and results can vary across the hemstitch threads. If you want colour, test on one napkin first.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What does the weave look like?", "answer": "The close-up photos show a plain weave with the slightly uneven threads typical of linen, in a flax beige. The maker describes the linen as light and airy.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift?", "answer": "A dozen pure linen napkins is a useful housewarming, wedding or hosting gift, and the natural shade means you do not need to know the recipient's dinnerware.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do the photos show anything that is not included?", "answer": "Yes. Some photos show the napkins styled with a napkin ring, a placemat, plates and candles. Those are props. The set is the twelve napkins only.", "source": "Natural Linen Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/natural-linen-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a single adult apron in the Japanese pinafore style, made from a cotton and linen weave. It pulls on over the head, has cross back straps, two front pockets and ties at each side of the waist. The print is a small floral on a white base.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is it made from pure linen?", "answer": "No. The maker gives the fabric as cotton and linen without percentages, so it is a cotton and linen weave rather than pure linen. We describe it that way and nothing more.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is the apron waterproof?", "answer": "No. This is a woven cotton and linen fabric and should not be treated as waterproof. It will absorb spills rather than repel them, so blot and wash as needed.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How long is the apron?", "answer": "The maker gives the length as about 96 cm (37.8 inches), measured without the shoulder straps. The front is about 43 cm across at the waist. In the maker's photos it reaches the calf on the model.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is there only one size?", "answer": "Yes, it is supplied in one adult size, which the maker describes as one size fits most. The side ties let it fit a range of body shapes. If you are much taller or much shorter than average, check the 96 cm length against your own measurements first.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How do the cross back straps work?", "answer": "The straps run over your shoulders and cross in an X shape at the back, rather than looping behind your neck. You pull the apron on over your head and let it settle. There is no buckle or clasp to fiddle with.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Why choose a cross back apron over a neck tie style?", "answer": "A neck tie hangs all the weight from one point and can rub after a long session at the counter. Cross back straps spread the load over both shoulders. It also means nothing presses on your throat.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Can I adjust the fit?", "answer": "The side ties are the main adjustment. Pull them tighter for a closer shape or leave them loose for a relaxed drape. The shoulder straps themselves are fixed, so the length over the shoulder stays the same.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Where do the waist ties fasten?", "answer": "At each side of the waist. The maker says the ties on both sides can be done up in bows, and the photos show a bow at each hip.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How big are the pockets?", "answer": "There are two pockets on the front, sized for everyday items rather than tools. The maker mentions recipe cards, gloves, glasses and a mobile phone. They are not meant for anything heavy.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is it comfortable in a warm kitchen?", "answer": "The maker classes the fabric as lightweight, and the pinafore shape is open at the sides. We do not make cooling claims for it. It is an everyday apron for a home kitchen, with or without the air conditioning on.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it for painting or craft?", "answer": "Yes, it works well as an adult art smock. The long body and wide front cover most of what you want protected, and the pockets hold brushes, pencils or clips. Bear in mind that paint and ink can stain a light fabric permanently.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for baking?", "answer": "Yes. The long front keeps flour and dough off your clothes when you lean against the counter, and the pockets hold a recipe card or a timer.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Will it suit men as well as women?", "answer": "The cut is unisex in shape, though the floral print reads as feminine. If the wearer is happy with the pattern, the fit and the cross back design work for anyone within the one size range.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It makes a sensible gift for someone who cooks, bakes or paints, and the maker suggests it as a housewarming gift. A long pinafore in a soft print is the sort of apron that gets worn rather than left in a drawer.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The maker states machine wash or hand wash. As general advice for a printed cotton and linen fabric, use a cool, gentle cycle with similar colours and a mild detergent, and leave out bleach.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "We suggest hanging it to dry instead. Cotton and linen fabrics can shrink or crease with heat, and air drying in the shade is kinder to the print.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Will it shrink?", "answer": "Any cotton and linen weave can shrink a little on its first wash, especially in warm water. Washing cool and air drying keeps that to a minimum.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "Yes, a warm iron on the cotton setting is fine. Press the printed areas from the reverse side so the pattern does not pick up shine. Ironing while slightly damp gives the crispest finish.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Will it crease?", "answer": "Linen blends do crease, and that soft rumple is part of the character. If you want it smoother, hang it straight out of the wash and give it a quick press. Creasing does not affect how it works.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Will the floral print fade?", "answer": "We make no colour-fastness promise. As with any printed fabric, washing cool and drying out of direct sun is the gentler routine, so a shaded line or an indoor rack is the better option.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Hang it on a hook by the kitchen or fold it flat in a drawer. Make sure it is fully dry before putting it away, since damp cotton in a humid flat can develop a musty smell.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Does it protect against hot oil?", "answer": "No. This is ordinary clothing fabric, not protective equipment. Keep your distance from spitting pans and do not rely on an apron to shield skin from burns.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "How many aprons come in the pack?", "answer": "One. The pack holds a single apron, with no extra accessories or matching pieces.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour White Flower. The photos show a cream-white base covered in a small floral print in pink, green and yellow.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy to wear?", "answer": "No. The maker classes the fabric as lightweight, and the open sided pinafore shape means there is not much material overall.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Can it double as a casual pinafore dress?", "answer": "Some people wear this style over a tee or a long sleeve top as a loose pinafore. The sides are open, so you would want something underneath. It depends entirely on how relaxed you like your clothes.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Does it work for cleaning and household chores?", "answer": "Yes. It covers your front while you scrub, and the pockets hold cloths, sponges or a spray bottle trigger. Just wash it after any contact with strong cleaning products.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "Does the skirt have pleats?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show a flat bib at the top and a pleated skirt below the waist seam, which gives the apron a full, dress-like shape.", "source": "Japanese Style Cotton Linen Apron with Cross Back Straps", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-apron-japanese/" }, { "question": "What size is this tablecloth?", "answer": "It measures 140 x 300 cm, so 1.4 m across and 3 m long. That is a long rectangular cloth for extended dining tables and buffet set-ups. Measure your table top before ordering so you know how much drop you will get at each side.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "It is a blend of cotton and linen, as stated by the maker. The maker gives no percentages, so we call it a blend and not pure linen. The listing also gives the material as canvas.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen?", "answer": "It is a cotton and linen blend, not pure linen. The maker calls it a washable linen tablecloth, but the fabric type in the listing is cotton linen. If you specifically want pure linen, this is not that product.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The ground is beige with green embroidered leaves. In the photos the beige is a pale, creamy shade, and the green leaves and stems carry a few small gold-coloured buds.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Does it have tassels all the way around?", "answer": "The maker lists tassels as part of the design, and the photos show a row of small beige tassels along every visible edge of the cloth. They hang below the table edge, away from where plates and glasses sit.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How much drop will I get on a standard table?", "answer": "Subtract your table length from 300 cm and your table width from 140 cm, then halve each result. For example, on a 240 x 90 cm table you would get about 30 cm of drop at the ends and 25 cm at the sides.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a six seater table?", "answer": "Most six seater rectangular tables are around 160 to 180 cm long, so this cloth will give you a generous drop, possibly close to the floor at the ends. If you prefer a shorter overhang on a six seater, the long cut may be more cloth than you need.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Is it good for a long party or buffet table?", "answer": "Yes, that is where a 3 m cloth earns its keep. It covers trestles and joined tables that a shorter cloth leaves exposed. For a buffet, the extra length also hides boxes or crates stored underneath.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as an everyday tablecloth?", "answer": "You can. The maker lists it as washable, by machine at up to 40 degrees, so it is practical for daily meals as well as for guests. Many people rotate two cloths so one is always clean and ready.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Machine wash up to 40 degrees with similar colours on a gentle cycle. Skip bleach and harsh stain removers so the green embroidery keeps its colour. A laundry bag helps stop the tassels tangling in the drum.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How should I dry it?", "answer": "The maker's care instructions cover machine washing up to 40 degrees and ironing at a low temperature. They do not mention a dryer, so line drying or a drying rack is the careful choice. Smooth the tassels straight while the cloth is damp.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Does it need ironing?", "answer": "The maker says it can be ironed at a low temperature if necessary. Ironing while the cloth is slightly damp is easier. Press the reverse side over the embroidered leaves so you do not flatten the stitching.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "What do the corners and hem look like?", "answer": "The listing gives the corner style as pleated and the hem stitch type as pick. In the photos the corners hang in a soft point, with the row of tassels running along the hem all the way round.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Is the leaf pattern printed or stitched?", "answer": "Stitched. The maker describes green embroidered leaves, and the close-up photo shows raised green stitching for the leaves and stems, with small gold-coloured buds. In the photos the leafy branch runs across the cloth.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the cloth?", "answer": "The item weight is listed as 1.27 kg for the full 140 x 300 cm cloth.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Will it slide around on a glass table?", "answer": "Any cloth can shift on a very smooth surface. A thin felt underlay or a few discreet cloth clips will hold it in place, and an underlay also protects the table top.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Does it come with napkins or a runner?", "answer": "One tablecloth is supplied, 140 x 300 cm. Napkins, runners and placemats are not included. Plain white, oatmeal or sage napkins all sit comfortably against the beige and green.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a wedding table?", "answer": "The maker lists weddings among the suggested occasions. A beige ground with green embroidered leaves suits a relaxed reception. For a long head table, the 3 m length is the main advantage.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Will it work in an air-conditioned dining room?", "answer": "Yes. It is an indoor tablecloth and the listing gives the season as all-season, so there is no time of year it is tied to. It suits a dining table in a flat or condominium.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "You can use it on a covered balcony table, but bring it in before rain and avoid long periods in direct sun, which can fade any dyed fabric. Wind is the other consideration, since a cloth can lift in a breeze.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How do I treat a spill?", "answer": "Blot straight away with a clean cloth instead of rubbing, then rinse the area in cool water. Wash as soon as you can at up to 40 degrees. Avoid bleach, especially near the embroidery.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Will red wine or sauce stain permanently?", "answer": "Beige fabric shows marks more than a dark cloth, so fast action matters. Cool water first, then a gentle wash usually lifts most food spills. Stains that have dried are harder to shift.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Can I bleach it to keep it bright?", "answer": "No. Bleach can strip colour from the green embroidery. Stick to a mild detergent and, if needed, an oxygen based stain treatment tested on a hidden corner first.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between uses?", "answer": "Fold it loosely over a hanger or roll it around a tube to avoid hard creases. Keep it somewhere dry and well ventilated. In humid conditions, make sure it is completely dry before putting it away.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "Table linen makes an easy housewarming or wedding gift because beige suits most interiors. Pairing it with a set of napkins or a candle turns it into a complete present without much effort.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Does the tassel edge fray over time?", "answer": "Tassels are a decorative trim, so they do need slightly gentler handling than a plain hem. Washing in a laundry bag, avoiding high heat and smoothing the tassels straight after washing all help them stay neat.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Can I cut it down to fit a smaller table?", "answer": "Cutting would remove the finished hem and the tassel trim, so it is not something we would suggest. If your table is much shorter, a double fold under at each end is a tidier way to shorten the visual length.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "What should I put on top of it?", "answer": "Keep it simple. A low vase of greenery or a pair of candlesticks down the centre leaves room for serving dishes. Because the leaf embroidery is already a pattern, plain crockery usually looks better than a busy print.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Are other sizes available?", "answer": "This page is for the 140 x 300 cm rectangular cloth only. The maker's range also names 140 x 180 cm, 140 x 220 cm and 140 x 240 cm rectangles and round cloths of 120 cm and 150 cm, but those are not what you receive here.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Embroidered Cotton Linen Tablecloth, Beige with Green Leaves and Tassels, 140 x 300 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cotton-linen-tablecloth-embroidered-leaves/" }, { "question": "What exactly is included in this set?", "answer": "You receive four napkins, all matching, all cut to 39 x 39 cm. Each one is made from 100% linen and finished with a crochet lace border along the edges. Nothing else is included, so if you want a matching tablecloth or runner you would buy that separately.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What is the fabric?", "answer": "The napkins are 100% linen, with no cotton or polyester blended in. Linen is spun from flax fibre, which is why it feels crisp at first and softens over time. The crochet lace edge is worked around the perimeter of each square.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How big is each napkin?", "answer": "Each napkin is 39 x 39 cm, square. That is a mid-size dinner napkin, large enough to cover a lap when folded once and compact enough not to overwhelm a small table. It is a practical size for most home dining setups.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Is 39 cm large enough for a dinner party?", "answer": "Yes, 39 cm is a common dinner napkin size and is comfortable for a full meal. Formal banquet napkins run larger at around 50 cm, but those are designed for long table service with multiple courses. For home entertaining, 39 cm gives you coverage without bulk.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "Natural beige. In the photos it is a soft grey-beige flax tone, with the crochet lace in a slightly lighter shade. It is a solid colour with no printed pattern.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Will the beige match my white plates?", "answer": "It usually looks very good against white. The photos show the napkins on white plates. The warmth of natural beige takes the sharpness off bright white porcelain and gives the setting a softer feel.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash these?", "answer": "Yes. The recommended care is a machine wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. There is no need to hand wash, which makes them realistic for regular use rather than once-a-year occasions.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Do they need ironing?", "answer": "That depends on the look you want. Pressed with a warm steam iron they go crisp and formal, left to air dry they fall into soft natural creases. Both are acceptable with linen, and plenty of people prefer the relaxed version.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Will linen shrink in the wash?", "answer": "The maker makes no shrinkage claim. Linen can shrink a little in a first wash, which is normal for the fibre. Stay at the recommended 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle and avoid high heat drying.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How should I dry them?", "answer": "The maker gives washing advice only, with no drying guidance. Line drying is the gentlest option, indoors with airflow or in an air-conditioned room. Pressing is easier while the linen is still slightly damp.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Is the crochet edge delicate?", "answer": "Treat it the way you would any lace trim: no bleach, no rough handling and care when pressing. Avoid catching the border on hooks, zips or rough surfaces. The photos show an open, scalloped lace around all four sides.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I use bleach on stains?", "answer": "Bleach is not advisable on natural linen or on a lace edge, as it weakens fibres and can yellow the colour. For food stains, rinse with cool water quickly and treat with a mild stain remover before washing. Most common table stains lift with prompt attention.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How do I deal with wine or sauce marks?", "answer": "Blot, do not rub. Rinse the area in cool water as soon as you can, then wash at 40 degrees. Repeat the treatment before drying if a mark is still visible, since heat sets stains.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Is linen better than cotton for napkins?", "answer": "They are different. Linen has a crisper, more textured feel and generally softens with washing. Cotton is usually cheaper and less prone to creasing. The choice comes down to whether you want the texture of linen or an easier-care cloth.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Why does linen crease so much?", "answer": "Flax fibre has low elasticity, so it folds and holds the fold. That is a property of the material, not a fault. Many people regard the creasing as part of the appeal of linen table settings, and a steam iron removes it entirely if you prefer flat.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for everyday meals?", "answer": "Yes, and that is really the point of a machine washable set. Using cloth napkins daily means buying fewer paper ones, and the table looks better for very little effort.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Will four be enough for my household?", "answer": "Four covers a small family or a dinner for four with no spares. If you host regularly or want a clean set available while the others are in the wash, buying two sets is the common approach. Many people keep eight in rotation.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I mix these with other napkins?", "answer": "Natural beige mixes well, so you can pair them with plain white or darker linens without it looking accidental. The crochet edge gives this set a slightly dressier character, so it works as the feature while plainer napkins sit alongside. Keeping the sizes similar helps the table look deliberate.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Do they work with napkin rings?", "answer": "They do. At 39 x 39 cm the fabric rolls or folds down to a neat bundle that fits standard rings without straining them. Linen holds a fold better than many fabrics, so the shape stays tidy through a meal.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What are good folds for these?", "answer": "A simple rectangle under the cutlery, a loose roll in a ring, or a flat square set under the plate all suit linen. Elaborate sculptural folds tend to work better with starched cotton. With a lace edge, folds that show the border along one side look best.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I starch them?", "answer": "Light starch is fine if you want a sharper fold and a more formal table. Use it sparingly on the body of the napkin rather than soaking the crochet edge. Over time heavy starching can make natural fibres brittle, so occasional use is wiser than constant.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I put hot dishes on them?", "answer": "Napkins are not designed as heat protection, so do not use them as trivets or pot holders. Direct contact with very hot surfaces can scorch linen. Use proper mats for serving dishes.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How long should a set of linen napkins last?", "answer": "That depends on use and care. Linen is one of the stronger textile fibres. Washing at the recommended temperature, avoiding bleach and storing the napkins dry does most of the work.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How should I store them between uses?", "answer": "Fold or roll them and keep them in a dry drawer or cupboard away from direct sunlight. In a humid climate, make absolutely sure they are fully dry before storing, since damp natural fibres can develop musty smells or mildew. A loose fold is kinder to the fabric than a tight crease held for months.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Should I wash them before first use?", "answer": "The maker does not describe the napkins as pre-washed, so one gentle 40 degree wash before first use is sensible. It softens the feel and shows you how they behave in your machine.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "The maker states the set is made in the EU.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift?", "answer": "They make a good gift, particularly for housewarmings, weddings and anyone who entertains. A set of four in a neutral shade is useful without being too personal, and the crochet edge gives the set a sense of occasion.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I buy a matching tablecloth?", "answer": "This set is the four napkins only. Natural beige linen is a widely available shade, so coordinating pieces are generally easy to find. Check the tone in daylight when matching, as beige varies between makers.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What does the lace edge look like?", "answer": "The photos show an open crochet lace with a scalloped outer edge, in a slightly lighter beige than the linen. It runs around all four sides of each napkin.", "source": "Crochet Edged Pure Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/crochet-edged-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in this set?", "answer": "You get four square napkins, each measuring 45 x 45 cm. They are all the same beige colour and the same solid, unpatterned finish. There are no rings, ties or extra pieces included.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "What is the fabric?", "answer": "The napkins are 100% linen that has been industrially pre-washed, also described as stonewashed. There is no cotton blend or synthetic content listed. The maker states they are made in the EU.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "What does stonewashed actually mean here?", "answer": "The maker describes the linen as industrially pre-washed, which is what stonewashed means here. Pre-washing relaxes new linen, so the cloth has a softer feel and a slightly crumpled surface from the start.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Will they feel scratchy?", "answer": "Pre-washed linen feels textured, not scratchy, more like a well-used shirt than a stiff tablecloth. Raw linen can feel rough, which is what the stonewash process is there to avoid.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Is 45 x 45 cm a good size?", "answer": "It is a standard dinner napkin size and a practical one. A 45 cm square covers a lap properly and still folds down neatly next to a plate. Smaller napkins tend to slip off and look undersized once the table is set.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "What shade is the beige?", "answer": "The listed colour is beige. The main photo shows a sandy, khaki-toned beige, and the table photos show it a little greyer under warm light. It pairs easily with white, wood tones and darker tableware.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "The maker recommends machine washing at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. Wash with similar colours and do not pack the drum too tightly, since the fabric needs room to move.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry them?", "answer": "The maker's care advice covers washing only, at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. Line drying is the gentle option and works quickly in a warm room.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Do they need ironing?", "answer": "Not necessarily. Many people like the relaxed, slightly creased look of washed linen and simply fold them straight off the line. If you want a crisp finish, iron on a warm setting while the cloth is still a touch damp.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "The maker describes the linen as industrially pre-washed. Any natural fibre can move a little in the wash, so keep to the maker's 40 degree gentle or linen cycle and avoid hotter programmes.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for everyday meals or just occasions?", "answer": "Both. The maker describes them as suited to any occasion, and at this size and care level there is no reason to save them for guests. Four is a sensible number for daily use in a small household.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "The maker states the napkins are made in the EU.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Is there a label on the napkins?", "answer": "The main photo shows a small white woven label with a blue motif, sewn into one corner of the hem.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I use them as small place mats or bread cloths?", "answer": "Yes, a 45 cm square is a useful size for lining a bread basket, wrapping a loaf or sitting under a serving bowl. Some people use them under a teapot or cafetiere to catch drips. They are easy to wash afterwards either way.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Will stains come out?", "answer": "Treat marks promptly. Rinse with cool water as soon as you can, then wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle as the maker recommends. Oil and red wine are the usual stubborn ones and respond better to being tackled quickly.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Should I use bleach?", "answer": "Avoid chlorine bleach on coloured linen, since it can damage the fibre and lift the dye unevenly. An oxygen-based stain treatment is kinder if you need something stronger than detergent. Spot treat rather than soaking the whole napkin.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Why does the packed size say 30 x 20 cm?", "answer": "That figure refers to the folded package, not the napkins themselves. Each napkin opens out to 45 x 45 cm. Folded flat and stacked, four of them make a compact parcel.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Do the napkins have a pattern?", "answer": "No. The maker lists the pattern as solid, so each napkin is plain beige with no print, border or embroidery.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Are the edges hemmed?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show a stitched hem on all four sides with mitred corners. There is no fringe, decorative border or embroidery.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Do they come with napkin rings?", "answer": "No, the set is four napkins only. Rings, ties and holders are sold separately. A simple fold or a loose knot works perfectly well if you do not want to buy extras.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "How should I store them?", "answer": "Fold them flat and keep them in a drawer or on a shelf, away from direct sun which can fade dyed cloth over time. Make sure they are fully dry before putting them away. Avoid sealed plastic boxes in humid conditions.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I mix these with a different tablecloth?", "answer": "Easily. A plain beige does not fight with patterned china or a coloured runner. Against white linen it adds warmth, and against dark wood it softens the contrast.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "How many sets do I need for a dinner party?", "answer": "One set covers a table of four. For six or eight guests, two sets give you matching napkins with a couple spare. Having spares is useful since you will always want a replacement mid-meal at some point.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Dyed natural fibres settle slightly over many washes, which usually reads as the colour mellowing rather than looking washed out. Washing at 40 degrees, drying out of strong sunlight and skipping bleach all help. Beige is forgiving in this respect.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift?", "answer": "A set of four linen napkins makes a sensible housewarming or wedding present, especially for someone setting up a first proper dining table. The neutral colour means you do not need to know their decorating scheme. They are useful rather than ornamental.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Can children use them?", "answer": "Yes. They are plain cloth napkins and machine washable at 40 degrees, which helps with younger diners. Treat spills promptly.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Do they get softer over time?", "answer": "Linen generally relaxes with washing and use. These are already stonewashed, as stated by the maker, so they start out with a softened feel.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "Where does the maker suggest using them?", "answer": "The maker suggests them for celebrations, the home kitchen and dining table, dinners, cafes and restaurants.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "How many napkins are in the main photo?", "answer": "The main photo shows two folded napkins so you can see the weave and the hem. The set contains four napkins, each 45 x 45 cm.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4, Beige 45 x 45 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-napkins-set-of-4-beige/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying?", "answer": "One oval tablecloth measuring 220 x 140 cm in a plain beige, with a tassel trim around the edge. It is made from a cotton and linen blend. Nothing else is included, so no napkins, placemats or runner.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Is this pure linen?", "answer": "No. The maker describes the fabric as a cotton and linen blend and does not state the percentages. If you need certified pure linen with a documented fibre breakdown, this is not that product.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "What size table does it fit?", "answer": "It suits oval tables that seat about six to eight people. The cloth is 220 cm long and 140 cm wide, so measure your table top and allow for the overhang you want on each side.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How much overhang should I aim for?", "answer": "A drop of 20 to 30 cm on each side is the usual sweet spot for dining. To check, add double your preferred overhang to your table length and width, then compare that total with 220 x 140 cm.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a 180 cm oval table?", "answer": "A 180 cm oval table leaves about 20 cm of overhang at each end, which sits right in the comfortable range. Across the width it depends on your table, so measure before you decide.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a rectangular table?", "answer": "You can, but the oval hem will not line up with square corners and the fabric will hang unevenly at the ends. It sits properly on an oval table or a rounded rectangle.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "What colour is it in real life?", "answer": "The maker lists the colour as beige. The photos show a pale, oatmeal beige with a fine fleck in the weave and off-white tassels. Screens vary, so expect a soft neutral tone, not a bright white.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Is there any embroidery on it?", "answer": "No. This version is plain beige with a tassel border and no embroidered motif. The maker lists the pattern as solid.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the fabric?", "answer": "The maker gives the weight of the whole cloth as 0.6 kg, so it is light to lift, wash and hang up to dry.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Does it feel rough?", "answer": "The maker describes the fabric as soft, with a comfortable feel. The photos show a visible woven texture, so expect a soft cloth with some texture and not a slick, smooth one.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Is it stain resistant?", "answer": "The maker lists stain resistance as a feature. Blot spills promptly all the same, instead of letting them sit.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The maker says the cloth is machine washable. A gentle cycle in cool or warm water with similar colours is a careful choice. Skip bleach, and wash it separately when it is heavily soiled.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "The maker's care instruction is machine wash and does not cover tumble drying. Line drying in the shade is kinder to the tassels. Take it down while still slightly damp if you plan to press it.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Will it shrink?", "answer": "Cotton and linen blends can shrink a little on a first wash, which is normal for these fibres. A cool wash and line drying keep any change small.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Does it need ironing?", "answer": "It does not have to be pressed. If you want a crisper finish, iron on a medium setting while the fabric is slightly damp, working from the centre outward.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How do I look after the tassels?", "answer": "Pop the cloth in a laundry bag so the strands do not tangle with other items, and comb the fringe straight with your fingers once it is dry. A light press along the hem helps them hang evenly.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I trim the tassels if they are too long?", "answer": "You can tidy stray strands with sharp scissors, but cutting into the fringe may loosen the trim. It is safer to comb and press rather than cut.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for everyday use?", "answer": "Yes, that is the idea. The maker says it is machine washable, and beige shows light crumbs and shadows less than white does, which helps in a busy household.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Will it work for a party?", "answer": "It does. The neutral base lets you build a theme with plates, flowers and candles, and the tassel edge gives the table a finished look without extra decoration.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a console or sideboard?", "answer": "Yes. Folded or draped lengthways it makes a good console table cover, and the oval shape softens a hard-edged piece of furniture.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Does it slide around on a polished table?", "answer": "Any cloth can shift on a very glossy surface. A thin felt pad or a few anti-slip dots under the cloth solves it.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I put hot dishes straight on it?", "answer": "No. Always use trivets or mats under hot cookware. Direct heat can scorch or mark natural fibre fabrics.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I use candles on it?", "answer": "Treat it like any fabric and never leave a burning candle unattended. Use stable holders and keep flames well clear of the hanging tassels.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "The maker lists it for indoor and outdoor tables. On a covered balcony table it works for a meal, but it is a cotton linen blend and not a coated outdoor fabric, so bring it inside afterwards.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Does the colour fade?", "answer": "Strong sun fades most dyed fabrics over time. Drying in the shade and washing cool help a beige tablecloth hold its tone.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Do you sell matching napkins?", "answer": "Not as part of this item. Only the tablecloth is included, so pair it with plain cotton napkins in beige, white or a deeper accent colour for contrast.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It makes a sensible housewarming or wedding gift because the neutral colour fits almost any dining room. Check that the recipient has an oval table before you commit.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between uses?", "answer": "Fold it loosely and keep it in a drawer or cupboard away from damp. In humid conditions make sure it is completely dry before storing so it does not develop a musty smell.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "Can I bleach out a stubborn stain?", "answer": "Avoid bleach, as it can yellow or weaken natural fibres and dull the beige tone. Use a gentle stain remover on the spot first, then wash as normal.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Beige Oval Cotton Linen Tablecloth with Tassel Trim", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-cotton-linen-tablecloth-beige/" }, { "question": "What are these napkins made from?", "answer": "They are made from 100% linen, as stated by the maker. The maker says the linen is industrially pre-washed, a process called stonewashing, which is why the cloth has a relaxed look instead of a crisp, starched one.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How big is each napkin?", "answer": "Each one is 42 x 42 cm square. That is a practical dinner size, large enough to sit across a lap and still fold neatly onto a side plate.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How many napkins come in the set?", "answer": "Four. That covers a table of four outright, or gives two settings with a spare pair held back. If you host six or eight regularly, buying two sets is the straightforward answer.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "The maker lists the colour as natural beige, with a solid colour and no pattern. In the photo it is a soft greyish beige with a visible weave. It sits comfortably with white crockery, dark stoneware, glass and timber.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Where are they made?", "answer": "They are made in the EU, as stated by the maker.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for a wedding or formal dinner?", "answer": "Yes. The maker describes them as napkins for special occasions, and names weddings and catering. If you want a sharper look, press them while slightly damp before setting the table.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What does stonewashed mean?", "answer": "The maker says the linen is industrially pre-washed and calls this stonewashed. It means the cloth has been washed at the factory before it is sold, which gives it a relaxed, slightly rumpled look from the start.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "The maker recommends machine washing at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. We suggest washing with similar colours and avoiding bleach.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Should I use fabric softener?", "answer": "The maker's care advice does not call for it. It recommends only a machine wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle, so a mild detergent on that cycle is all you need.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How should I dry them?", "answer": "The maker's care advice covers washing only: 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. Air drying on an indoor rack is the careful choice. Taking them off the rack while still slightly damp makes ironing easier.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Do they need ironing?", "answer": "Only if you want them crisp. Many people like the softly creased look of washed linen and skip ironing entirely. If you do press them, iron while the cloth is slightly damp.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How many napkins are in the photo?", "answer": "The product photo shows two folded napkins, one with a corner turned back to show the stitched hem. The set you receive has four napkins, each 42 x 42 cm.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How do I deal with a stain?", "answer": "Rinse oil, wine or sauce in cold water as soon as you can, before it dries in. For stubborn marks, soak before the normal wash at 40 degrees. A pale natural beige will show dark marks, so act early.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What shape and pattern are they?", "answer": "Square, in a solid colour with no pattern, as listed. In the photo each napkin has a neat stitched hem around the edge and a plain, slightly textured weave.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Is there a label on the napkins?", "answer": "The photo shows a small white fabric tag with a blue emblem sewn into the hem at one corner. The rest of the napkin is plain.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I use them as part of a larger table setting?", "answer": "Yes, they are table linen and sit well alongside runners, placemats or a plain tablecloth. The solid beige means you can add colour elsewhere without clashing.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Are they reusable?", "answer": "Yes. They are cloth napkins, made to be washed and used again. The maker recommends machine washing at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How do I keep the colour even?", "answer": "Wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle, as the maker recommends, with similar colours. Drying out of strong direct sunlight is a sensible habit with any fabric.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for everyday meals at home?", "answer": "Yes. A 42 x 42 cm cloth napkin suits a weekday dinner in a flat or condominium as well as a special occasion. They are machine washable at 40 degrees, so they can go back into regular use after each wash.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I use them for a picnic or outdoor meal?", "answer": "You can, though any cloth will pick up food marks outdoors. Shake them out, rinse any marks early, then wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How should I fold them?", "answer": "A simple flat fold into quarters or a loose roll tied with twine both suit this cloth. The stonewashed finish has a relaxed look, so simple folds suit it. A plate fold or a napkin ring works nicely.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Do they work as small cloths for other jobs?", "answer": "Some people use spare linen napkins for covering bread or lining a basket. If you do that, keep a couple separate from the table set so the dining ones stay clean for guests.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What size table do four napkins suit?", "answer": "Four comfortably serves a standard four-seat dining table. For six or eight seats, two sets gives you spares as well as full coverage. Spares matter more than people think once you start hosting regularly.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "Yes, table linen is an easy and useful gift because it does not need sizing and suits most homes. A neutral set of four fits a housewarming, a wedding present or a thank you. Pair them with a candle or a bottle if you want to round it out.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What does the weave look like?", "answer": "The photo shows a plain weave with a slightly slubby, textured surface. The maker calls the style vintage rustic, and the cloth is 100% linen with a stonewashed finish.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Can I bleach them?", "answer": "Avoid bleach. It can mottle a natural beige shade unevenly. The maker's care advice is a machine wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "How do I store them between uses?", "answer": "Fold them loosely and keep them in a dry drawer or on a shelf. In a humid home, make sure they are fully dry before you put them away. A light airing before a dinner party is enough to freshen them.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Do I need to wash them before first use?", "answer": "The maker says the linen has already been industrially pre-washed. We suggest a quick first wash at 40 degrees anyway, to remove packing creases.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What occasions does the maker suggest?", "answer": "The maker describes the napkins as suited to special occasions, and the listing names weddings, catering and festivals. They also work for ordinary meals at home.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Rustic Stonewashed Linen Napkins, Set of 4", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rustic-linen-napkins-set-of-4/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the pack?", "answer": "You receive two bib aprons in one pack. One is blue stripe and one is coffee stripe. Both are the same cut, and both have the same pocket panel on the front.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the apron made from?", "answer": "The maker states that the fabric is cotton and linen. No percentages are given, so it is a blend and not pure linen. The maker classes the fabric as lightweight with no stretch.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this pure linen?", "answer": "No. It is described by the maker as cotton and linen, which means a blended weave. If you specifically want a 100 percent linen apron, this is not that product.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How big is each apron?", "answer": "The maker gives the size as 70 x 75 cm. The size label of 75 refers to that 75 cm measurement. Both aprons in the pack are the same size.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a tall person?", "answer": "The adjustable neck strap lets you raise or lower the bib, so it suits a range of adult heights. At 70 x 75 cm it is a mid-length apron, so very tall wearers may find the hem sits higher on the leg than a long apron would.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for men and women?", "answer": "The maker sells it as a women's apron and also suggests wearing the pair as a couple. The cut is a plain sleeveless bib, and the neck strap and ties adjust to the wearer, so one pair can be shared at home.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How many pockets are there?", "answer": "The maker describes two pockets on the front. The photos show one wide pocket panel across the front of each apron, with the stripes running sideways and a small sewn label. The maker suggests it for a phone, recipes, a small towel and utensils.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I keep my phone in the pocket safely?", "answer": "Most people do, and the pockets are made for small items like this. Bear in mind the pockets are open at the top, so bend carefully and keep heavy items low. Wipe your hands before reaching in.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How does the neck strap adjust?", "answer": "The strap is adjustable so it can be shortened or lengthened quickly to fit most adult sizes. It takes a few seconds and does not need tools. This is what makes it a practical shared apron for a household.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How do the waist ties work?", "answer": "The apron closes with ties at the waist, which the maker lists as a drawstring closure. Tie them behind you in a simple knot or bow, snug enough that the apron does not swing as you move.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is the apron waterproof?", "answer": "No. Cotton and linen is a woven fabric, not a coated or laminated one, so it absorbs splashes rather than repelling them. Expect the fabric to show wet patches.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Does the fabric breathe well?", "answer": "The maker describes the fabric as lightweight and breathable. We do not add cooling claims of our own. It is a light woven apron for a home kitchen, with or without the air conditioning on.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it good for baking?", "answer": "Yes, baking is one of the uses the maker names. The bib keeps flour off your front, and the pocket panel is handy for a dough scraper or a timer.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for barbecue?", "answer": "The maker names barbecue among the recommended uses. The bib covers the chest and lap, which is where most spatter lands. It is a lightweight woven fabric, not a heat resistant or flame proof garment, so keep it away from direct flame.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for painting and craft?", "answer": "Yes, painting is one of the uses the maker names. Because the set includes two aprons, some people keep the coffee stripe for messy craft work and the blue stripe for food. Paint may stain permanently, so choose your dedicated craft apron and stick with it.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What does the neck strap look like?", "answer": "The photos show a plain cream strap on each apron, with a small black slider buckle on one side for changing the length.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I wash it?", "answer": "The maker's care instruction is hand wash. Use cool water and a mild detergent, rinse well and press out excess water gently rather than wringing. Hang to dry in the shade.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a washing machine?", "answer": "The maker's care instruction is hand wash, so machine washing goes against the maker's advice. If you decide to machine wash anyway, that is at your own discretion, and a cold gentle cycle in a laundry bag would be the lowest risk approach.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Will the colours run?", "answer": "We make no colour-fastness promise. As a precaution, wash the blue stripe and coffee stripe separately for the first few washes and do not leave them soaking together.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "Yes, a warm iron on the reverse side works well if you want a crisper look. Cotton linen blends crease naturally, and many people simply let the relaxed texture show. Do not iron over any stubborn stain, as heat can set it.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it shrink?", "answer": "Hand washing in cool water, as the maker advises, is the gentlest way to keep the size stable. Avoid hot water and tumble drying.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "How do I get oil stains out?", "answer": "Treat the mark as soon as you can. Blot excess oil, dab a little dish soap directly onto the spot, work it in gently with your fingers, leave it for a few minutes, then hand wash as normal. Repeat before drying, because heat will set the stain.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Does the apron have a cross back or halter neck?", "answer": "It uses a neck strap rather than a cross back design. The strap goes over the head and rests on the back of the neck, and it is adjustable for length.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is it one size?", "answer": "Yes. It is sold in one adult size, 70 x 75 cm, with adjustment coming from the neck strap and the waist ties. There are no separate small or large versions in this pack.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Does it have a towel loop or tool hooks?", "answer": "No. The photos show no towel loop or hooks. The design is simple, with the front pocket panel doing the work. Many people tuck a tea towel into the pocket or through a waist tie instead.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "It makes a practical gift because the pack contains two aprons, so it can be given as a matching pair for a couple or split between two people. Pair it with a wooden spoon, a nice olive oil or a recipe book for a complete housewarming present.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Can it be used in a cafe or small restaurant?", "answer": "The striped bib style suits a counter or front of house look, and the two pockets are useful for a notepad and pen. For a busy commercial kitchen with constant washing, a machine washable commercial apron may hold up better, since this one is specified as hand wash.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a small kitchen?", "answer": "Yes, and that is one of its quiet strengths. It folds flat, takes up almost no storage space and hangs from a single hook. In a compact flat kitchen, a lightweight apron is far more likely to actually get worn.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Do the two aprons differ apart from colour?", "answer": "No. The photos show the same cut, the same pocket panel and the same cream neck strap on both. Only the stripe colour differs: one is blue and one is coffee brown, each striped with white.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Striped Cotton Linen Bib Apron, 2 Pack", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-cotton-linen-apron-2-pack/" }, { "question": "What exactly do I get in this set?", "answer": "You get 12 white linen hemstitch napkins. Each one is a 51 x 51 cm square made from 100% linen, with a ladder hemstitch border and mitred corners.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What is the fabric?", "answer": "The napkins are 100% linen, as stated by the maker. Linen is a natural fibre spun from flax, which is why it has a slightly textured surface rather than a flat, uniform face.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How big is each napkin?", "answer": "Each napkin measures 51 x 51 cm, which is 20 x 20 inches. That is a generous dinner size and larger than a typical lunch or cocktail napkin.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Is 51 cm a standard dinner napkin size?", "answer": "Yes, 50 to 55 cm squares are the usual range for proper dinner napkins. Anything smaller tends to be a lunch, tea or cocktail napkin, which will not cover a lap as well.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What is a ladder hemstitch?", "answer": "It is a decorative border made by drawing out threads and stitching the remaining ones into small bundles, which leaves an open ladder pattern along the hem. It is a traditional finish on good table linen and it is what gives these square linen napkins their defined edge.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What are mitred corners?", "answer": "A mitred corner is where the two folded hems meet at a clean 45 degree diagonal instead of overlapping in a bulky square. It keeps the corner flat and tidy, which shows when the napkin is folded.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "They are white, in a solid colour with no pattern. White is the most flexible choice for table linen because it works with every plate, glass and runner.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are these good for a wedding?", "answer": "Yes. A set of 12 covers one or two tables, and white linen is the standard choice for wedding table napkins because it photographs well and suits any colour scheme.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I use them every day or are they only for special occasions?", "answer": "Both. They are machine washable cold on a delicate cycle, so there is no reason to keep them in a drawer. Many people run them as everyday linen napkins and simply iron them when the table needs to look sharper.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "The maker says to machine wash in cold water on a delicate cycle. Wash with like colours and skip bleach.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I iron them?", "answer": "Yes, they may be ironed if needed. Iron while slightly damp on a medium to hot setting for the crispest result, or press lightly if you prefer a softer, more relaxed look.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do I have to iron them?", "answer": "No. The maker says to iron if needed. Linen looks good with a little texture, and plenty of people prefer that lived-in finish. Shake them out and fold them while slightly damp and they settle fairly flat.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "Natural fibres can tighten a little on a first wash, which is normal. Washing cold on a delicate cycle, as the maker advises, keeps any change small.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can they go in the tumble dryer?", "answer": "The maker's care note covers a cold, delicate machine wash and ironing if needed. It does not mention tumble drying, so line drying out of direct sun is the careful choice. Taking them down while slightly damp makes pressing much easier.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How do I get food stains out?", "answer": "Rinse the spot with cold water as soon as you can, before the mark sets. Treat oily marks with a drop of washing-up liquid worked in gently, then wash cold on a delicate cycle as usual.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Will red wine ruin them?", "answer": "Not necessarily, but speed helps. Blot rather than rub, flush the back of the fabric with cold water, then launder promptly. Avoid hot water on a fresh stain because heat can set it.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I bleach them since they are white?", "answer": "Bleach is not recommended. It can weaken natural fibres and leave a yellow cast over time, which is the opposite of what you want on white table linen. An oxygen-based brightener used sparingly is kinder.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Can I have them monogrammed?", "answer": "The maker says the napkins can be embroidered or monogrammed, and the plain white face leaves plenty of room for initials. A local embroidery shop can usually add them to one corner.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How many tables will 12 napkins cover?", "answer": "One table of 12, two tables of six, or three tables of four. For a dinner party it is also handy to have a few spares, which a set of 12 gives you if you are seating eight.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are they suitable for restaurants or cafes?", "answer": "They are restaurant style napkins in size and finish, and the ladder hemstitch gives a formal look. Commercial laundering is harsher than home washing though, so expect more wear if they go through a high-heat industrial cycle.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do they work with napkin rings?", "answer": "Yes. A 51 cm square has enough cloth to fold or roll into a ring without looking thin.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How should I fold them?", "answer": "A simple rectangle laid to the left of the plate is the easiest and most classic option. A loose fold on the plate or a soft roll through a ring both look good too, and the mitred corners stay neat whichever way you go.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do they feel stiff when new?", "answer": "New linen often has a little crispness to it. Linen generally relaxes with washing and use.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What occasions does the maker suggest?", "answer": "The maker suggests parties, weddings, entertaining and everyday use, and describes the size as right for lunch, dinner and formal occasions such as banquets.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Does the main photo show the full set?", "answer": "Yes. The main photo shows all 12 napkins folded and fanned out on a table, with the hemstitch border visible along the edges.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Is the hemstitch on all four sides?", "answer": "Yes. The photos of an opened napkin show the ladder hemstitch running around all four sides, set in from the edge, with mitred corners.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Are cloth napkins really better than paper?", "answer": "They are washable and reusable, as the maker points out, and they sit better on a lap and on a table than paper does.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "Do these make a good gift?", "answer": "They do. A set of white table linen is a useful housewarming, engagement or wedding gift, because white suits whatever crockery the recipient already owns.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How should I store them between uses?", "answer": "Keep them clean, fully dry and folded in a drawer or cupboard. In humid conditions, make sure they are completely dry before storing and give the drawer a little air now and then.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "White Linen Hemstitch Napkins, Set of 12", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-linen-hemstitch-napkins-set-of-12/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying here?", "answer": "Two cushion covers, each 30 x 50 cm, in a light brown linen look fabric. There are no cushion inserts in the box. You slide your own inner pads in through the hidden zip.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen?", "answer": "No. The fabric is polyester woven to look and feel like linen, and the maker describes it as polyester linen. No linen percentage is stated, so treat it as a linen look rather than a linen blend.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Why choose a linen look polyester over actual linen?", "answer": "The maker describes this polyester fabric as strong, easy to wash and not prone to lint or creasing. Pure linen is a different fabric with its own feel, and it creases readily. If you want the woven look with simple machine washing, this set is the easier option.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What size insert should I use?", "answer": "A 30 x 50 cm insert is the straightforward choice. If you want a plumper, more filled-out look, go one size up to around 32 x 52 cm so the corners stay full rather than drooping.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Are these the same as a lumbar cushion?", "answer": "Yes. A 30 x 50 cm rectangle is the shape usually sold as a lumbar cushion, because it sits across the lower back on a sofa or chair.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will two covers be enough for my sofa?", "answer": "For a two or three-seater, one at each end usually looks balanced. On a larger corner sofa you may want a second set. Many people mix two lumbar cushions with a few squares instead of filling the sofa with one shape.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What colour is light brown in practice?", "answer": "The maker calls it light brown. In the photos it is a warm tan with a lighter thread woven through it, which gives a fine textured look. The maker notes that the colour can differ slightly between the photo and the fabric because of lighting.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Does the zip show from the front?", "answer": "No. It is set into one seam, so the face of the cushion stays clear. The maker says the zip is the same colour as the cover. The close-up photo shows a pale cream zip tape with a small silver-tone pull, tucked into the seam.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash these?", "answer": "Yes. The maker says to machine wash in cold or warm water and not to bleach. Closing the zip first stops the slider catching on the weave.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can they go in the tumble dryer?", "answer": "The maker's care note covers washing only: cold or warm water, machine washable, no bleach. It gives no tumble dryer setting, so drying the covers on an airer or a line is the careful choice.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will the fabric pill or lint?", "answer": "The maker describes the fabric as strong and not easy to lint. Washing covers with towels can leave fluff on any fabric, so a load of smooth items is a better match.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they need ironing?", "answer": "The maker describes the fabric as not easy to crease and gives no ironing instruction. If the covers come out of the wash creased, smoothing them flat while they are damp is the gentle fix.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists the bedroom as a room for these covers. A pair of 30 x 50 cm covers in front of your pillows adds depth without crowding the bed, and light brown sits quietly against white or grey bedding.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in an office or study?", "answer": "Yes. A lumbar cushion behind your back on a desk chair or reading chair is one of the more practical uses for this size. The plain finish suits a work space better than a patterned cover.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they work outdoors?", "answer": "The maker lists them as suitable for indoor and outdoor areas. On a covered balcony they will do the job, but any dyed fabric left in strong sun and rain changes over time, so it is sensible to bring them in afterwards.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Is the fabric plain or textured?", "answer": "The maker lists the pattern as plain, meaning there is no printed motif. The photos show a textured weave with a lighter thread running through the light brown, so up close it reads as a fine woven texture, not a flat solid colour.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will they match a grey sofa?", "answer": "Light brown and grey are a reliable pairing. The warmth stops a grey sofa looking flat, and the plain weave keeps things simple if your rug or art already has pattern.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What if my insert is a different size?", "answer": "Inserts smaller than 30 x 50 cm will leave the cover limp at the corners. Slightly larger inserts are usually better. If you are unsure, measure an existing cushion you like the look of.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Are the covers double sided?", "answer": "Both faces are the same plain light brown fabric, so there is no wrong way round once the cushion is in. The only difference is the seam that holds the zip.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How exact is the 30 x 50 cm size?", "answer": "The maker measures by hand and says the size can vary by 1 to 2 cm. In inches the covers are about 12 x 20.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Where does the maker suggest using them?", "answer": "The maker suggests beds, sofas, chairs, living rooms, studies, bedrooms, offices, restaurants and cafes.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I buy inserts from you too?", "answer": "Inserts are sold separately and are not part of this set. Any standard 30 x 50 cm pad, feather or polyester fill, will fit.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Feather or polyester fill, which is better?", "answer": "Feather inserts give a softer, more relaxed shape and need plumping now and then. Polyester fill is firmer and springs back without help. It comes down to the look you prefer, since the covers take either type.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they fade in sunlight?", "answer": "Any dyed fabric will lighten with long, direct sun exposure. Rotating the cushions occasionally and keeping them out of a strong afternoon window will keep the colour even.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Is the fabric rough or soft?", "answer": "The maker describes the covers as natural and supple to the touch. The photos show a visible woven texture, so expect a textured surface, not a smooth or velvety one.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I use them with pets around?", "answer": "The covers are machine washable in cold or warm water, which helps in a home with pets. The maker makes no claim about resistance to claws or scratching.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Are they a good gift?", "answer": "They are. A pair of neutral covers suits almost any home, works for a housewarming or a wedding gift, and does not force your taste on someone else's room. The set of two makes the parcel feel more substantial than a single cushion.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I use bleach on a stain?", "answer": "No. The maker's care note says do not bleach. Machine wash the covers in cold or warm water instead.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Is it easy to get the insert in and out?", "answer": "The maker says the hidden zip makes the insert easy to put in. Fold the insert in half lengthways, slide it through the opening, then let it open out and push it into the corners.", "source": "Light Brown Linen Look Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-brown-linen-look-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the set?", "answer": "You receive two cushion covers, each 30 x 50 cm, in yellow. Cushion inserts are not included, so you will need to supply your own or reuse ones you already have.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen?", "answer": "No, it is a blend. The maker lists the fabric as polyester linen, and the exact percentages are not stated, so it should be treated as a linen blend with a linen look rather than pure linen.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Why does the blend matter?", "answer": "It tells you what to expect. The maker lists the fabric as polyester linen, so it is a blend and not pure linen, and no percentages are given. The maker describes the covers as soft and comfortable to touch, and the photos show a textured woven surface.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What size insert should I buy?", "answer": "A 30 x 50 cm insert is the direct match. If you want a fuller, plumper look, a 32 x 52 cm insert will fill the corners more firmly, though it will be a tighter fit through the zip.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What is a lumbar cushion for?", "answer": "It is the long rectangular cushion that sits behind your lower back, not under your head. It fills the gap between a deep sofa back and your back when you sit for a while.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will these fit a standard sofa?", "answer": "Yes. A 30 x 50 cm lumbar cushion is a common size for two and three seater sofas, and the rectangle sits neatly in front of larger square cushions without crowding the seat.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I use one on a desk chair?", "answer": "You can. The maker lists the office among the places to use these covers, and a 30 x 50 cm cover over a firm insert sits well against a chair back. A firmer insert keeps its shape better there than a soft feather one.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How does the zip work?", "answer": "There is a hidden zip set into one edge of each cover. It opens wide enough to feed the insert through and then closes flush with the seam, so the fastening is not visible once the cushion is in place.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will the zip show from the front?", "answer": "It should not. The zip is sewn into the seam rather than sitting on the face of the cover, so when the cushion is turned zip side down it reads as a plain panel.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What colour is it really?", "answer": "The listed colour is yellow, and the photos show a warm mustard yellow. The maker notes that the surface can look lighter or deeper depending on the light and the angle you view it from, and says this is normal.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Does the fabric have a pattern?", "answer": "The maker lists the pattern as plain and there is no printed motif. The photos show a textured, slubby weave, so the surface has visible texture and is not a flat solid.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Are the seams finished properly?", "answer": "The maker says the edges are finished with tight zigzag overlock stitching to avoid fraying.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash them?", "answer": "Yes, the maker's care instruction is machine wash. A cool wash with the zip closed is the careful choice.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Should I tumble dry?", "answer": "The maker's care instruction is machine wash and gives no tumble dryer setting. Drying the covers on an airer or a line is the careful choice.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I iron them?", "answer": "The maker gives no ironing instruction. If creases bother you, smooth the covers flat while they are damp, or test a cool iron on the inside of a seam first.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Any coloured fabric can fade with heavy sun and hot washing. Cool water and drying out of strong direct sun will keep the yellow looking closer to new for longer.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Where does the maker suggest using them?", "answer": "The maker suggests the sofa, the bedroom, the bed, the living room, the car and the office.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in a bedroom?", "answer": "Easily. The maker lists the bedroom and the bed among the places to use them. A pair of lumbar cushions at the head of a bed gives you something to lean against when reading.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Will two covers be enough for a three seater sofa?", "answer": "Two usually covers it, with one at each end. If you want a fuller look across a long sofa, pair them with square cushions you already own rather than lining up three lumbar shapes in a row.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they work with square cushions?", "answer": "Yes, and that is the usual arrangement. Square cushions go at the back and the lumbar rectangles sit in front, which gives depth without making the seat feel crowded.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How do I stop the cover looking saggy?", "answer": "Match the insert to the cover or go one size up. A 30 x 50 cm insert fits exactly, and a slightly larger insert fills the corners more firmly.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What insert fill should I choose?", "answer": "Polyester fibre inserts hold their shape with little fuss and suit everyday use. Feather or down inserts feel softer and mould to your back, but they need plumping, and they flatten faster in a lumbar shape.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I put them on outdoor furniture?", "answer": "The maker lists them for indoor and outdoor use. On a covered balcony they are fine for an afternoon, but rain and strong sun are hard on any dyed fabric, so bring them in afterwards.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How exact is the 30 x 50 cm size?", "answer": "The maker gives the size as approx. 30 x 50 cm and allows a deviation of 1 to 2 cm because the covers are measured by hand. In inches that is about 12 x 20.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they shed or pill?", "answer": "Blend fabrics can pick up surface fuzz from heavy rubbing over time. Washing inside out on a gentle cycle and avoiding rough fabrics like denim on the same cycle helps keep the surface smooth.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Can I buy just one?", "answer": "The product is supplied as a set of two matching covers, so both come together. If you only need one, the spare is handy to rotate in while the other is in the wash.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "Do they make a good gift?", "answer": "They do. A pair of cushion covers is a low-risk present because it does not need sizing, and the maker suggests them as a birthday or housewarming gift.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How should I store the spare covers?", "answer": "Fold them flat and keep them in a cupboard or a drawer away from damp. They take up very little space without inserts, which is one of the quiet advantages of buying covers rather than whole cushions.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "How does the maker describe the feel of the fabric?", "answer": "The maker describes the covers as soft and comfortable to touch and to lie on. The photos show a textured weave, so expect a soft surface with visible texture.", "source": "Linen Blend Lumbar Cushion Covers 30 x 50 cm (Set of 2, Yellow)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-blend-lumbar-cushion-covers-30-x-50/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying here?", "answer": "One cushion cover made from 100% stonewashed linen, measuring 50 x 70 cm, in petrol blue. It has a zip closure and is sold as a single piece. No insert or pillow is included.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Does this come with a cushion insert?", "answer": "No. This is the cover only, so you will need to buy a 50 x 70 cm insert separately. Most buyers already have inserts that fit, and replacing just the cover is the cheaper way to refresh a room.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What size insert should I use?", "answer": "A 50 x 70 cm insert is the matching size and gives a neat, smooth fit. If you prefer a plumper, fuller look, some people size up slightly so the insert fills the corners more firmly. Sizing down will leave the cover looking slack.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What does stonewashed mean?", "answer": "It means the linen has been industrially pre-washed before the cover was made, as the maker states. The process softens the fibres and relaxes the weave, so the fabric skips the stiff, papery stage that raw linen usually goes through.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen or a linen blend?", "answer": "It is 100% linen according to the maker, not a blend. That is what gives it the characteristic slubby texture across the surface.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What colour is petrol blue exactly?", "answer": "It is a deep blue with a green undertone, sitting somewhere between teal and navy. Under warm lamplight it looks more teal, and in flat daylight it reads closer to a dusty navy. Screens vary, so treat images as a close guide rather than an exact match.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it match white bedding?", "answer": "Yes, very comfortably. Deep muted blues are one of the easiest colours to put against white or off-white, and the linen texture stops it looking flat.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is the 50 x 70 cm size the same as a standard pillowcase?", "answer": "It is the same dimension as a common European pillow size, which is why the cover is sometimes described as a pillowcase. The difference is the zip closure, which holds a cushion insert securely rather than using an open envelope flap.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as an actual pillowcase for sleeping?", "answer": "The dimensions suit a 50 x 70 cm pillow, and linen is a pleasant fabric to sleep against. Keep in mind it has a zip rather than an envelope opening, so the closure sits along one edge. Some people find that fine and others prefer a dedicated pillowcase for nightly use.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is linen a good choice in a warm, humid climate?", "answer": "The maker lists this cover as a summer item and makes no specific climate claims. Linen is a plant fibre that has long been used for bedding in warm places, and this cover is washed and softened before sale.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "How does the zip closure work?", "answer": "The zip runs along one edge of the cover and keeps the insert fully enclosed. You simply unzip, slide the insert out for washing, and zip it closed again. It is quicker and tidier than wrestling with an envelope flap.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What does the fabric look like in the photos?", "answer": "A matt petrol blue linen with a visible weave and soft creases. The photos show the cover on a pillow as part of a made bed. Only one cover is included, and the other bedding in the photos is not part of the order.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Machine wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. Use a mild detergent, wash with similar colours, and skip bleach and fabric softener. Softener coats the fibres and actually works against the natural handle of linen.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "The maker gives no tumble-drying guidance. Its care advice is a machine wash at 40 degrees on a gentle or linen cycle. Line drying in the shade is the gentle option.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it shrink?", "answer": "The maker says the linen is industrially pre-washed and recommends washing at 40 degrees. It makes no shrinkage promise, so stay at the recommended temperature and do not wash hotter.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Does linen wrinkle?", "answer": "Yes, and that is part of the look. Washed linen creases softly rather than sharply, which is why the relaxed, lived-in finish is the whole point of a stonewashed cover. If you want it smoother, a warm iron while slightly damp does the job.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Do I need to iron it?", "answer": "No. Most people shake it out while damp, lay it flat or hang it, and leave it at that. Ironing is purely a preference if you want a crisper surface.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Washing at 40 degrees, drying out of direct sun and avoiding bleach all help the colour hold. Deep blues can soften very gradually over years of washing, which on linen tends to look like character rather than damage.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a sofa cushion?", "answer": "It is. The rectangular 50 x 70 cm shape works well as a cushion to lean back against on a sofa. Pair it with square covers for a layered arrangement.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a reading chair or daybed?", "answer": "Yes. A rectangular cushion is a comfortable shape to lean against, and 50 x 70 cm is generous enough to lean into properly and not just decorate.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "How many should I buy for a double bed?", "answer": "Two covers in front of your sleeping pillows is the usual arrangement and looks balanced. One on its own works if you prefer a simpler, less styled bed.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it work with other colours?", "answer": "Petrol blue sits well with white, oatmeal, warm grey, natural timber, rattan and brass. It also plays nicely with rust or mustard if you want a bit of contrast in the mix.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What is the style described as?", "answer": "The maker lists the style as industrial and the pattern as plain and solid. In practice a plain washed linen cover is flexible enough to sit in minimalist, coastal, Scandinavian or more relaxed interiors.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The maker states it is made in the EU.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it one cover or a pair?", "answer": "One cover. The photos show two blue covers on a bed, but each order is for a single 50 x 70 cm cover. Order two if you want a pair.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Is linen hard-wearing?", "answer": "Linen is one of the stronger natural fibres and generally gets softer with washing. Treat it gently, wash at 40 degrees as the maker recommends and avoid harsh bleach.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A single quality linen cover is an easy present for housewarmings, weddings or someone who has just redecorated, because it is useful without being too personal. Pairing it with an insert makes it feel like a complete gift.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I buy two for a matching pair?", "answer": "Yes, just order the quantity you need. Buying together is the safest way to get the closest colour match, since dye lots on natural fibres can vary slightly between production batches.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it feel scratchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the linen as washed and softened. The pre-washing step exists to remove the stiffness people associate with new linen.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Stonewashed Pure Linen Cushion Cover 50 x 70 cm, Petrol Blue", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-cushion-cover-50-x-70-petrol-blue/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying here?", "answer": "You are buying one cushion cover, 40 x 60 cm, in plain yellow with a linen look weave. There is no cushion pad inside the package. The cover closes with a hidden zip so you can fit your own insert.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen?", "answer": "No. The maker describes the material as polyester fibre with a linen look, so it mimics the texture and appearance of linen rather than being woven from flax. We state that plainly so you know what you are buying. The maker describes the fabric as strong, easy to wash and not prone to linting or creasing.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Why choose a linen look fabric instead of pure linen?", "answer": "Pure linen is woven from flax and tends to crease easily. This cover is polyester fibre with a linen look, which the maker describes as strong, easy to wash and not prone to linting or creasing. It gives you the look of a textured weave with simple care. If you want real flax, this is not the cover for you.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "What size insert should I use?", "answer": "A 40 x 60 cm insert is the matching size and gives a neat, relaxed fit. If you want a plumper, fuller look, try an insert one size up, around 45 x 65 cm, so the cover is slightly stretched. Avoid going smaller or the corners will look empty.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Is 40 x 60 cm a standard cushion size?", "answer": "Yes, it is one of the common rectangular sizes, often sold as a lumbar cushion. Inserts in this size are widely available. The equivalent in inches is roughly 16 x 24.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a bed?", "answer": "It works well across the front of a bed, sitting ahead of your sleeping pillows. The rectangular shape suits a single or double bed without taking over the whole headboard line. It is a decorative cover, not a sleeping pillowcase.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Does the measurement allow for any variation?", "answer": "The maker notes a possible deviation of 1 to 2 cm because the covers are measured by hand. That is normal for soft furnishings. It makes no practical difference once an insert is in.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Yellow. The listing describes a plain yellow finish with no printed pattern. Screen calibration and photography lighting can shift how a colour reads, so expect a slight difference from the images.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How do I keep the colour looking even?", "answer": "Follow the maker's care instructions: wash in cold or warm water and do not bleach. Drying the cover away from harsh direct sunlight is a sensible habit with any coloured fabric. Wash it with similar colours.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How does the zip work?", "answer": "It is a hidden zipper set into a seam and matched to the fabric colour, so it is not obvious when the cushion is in place. You unzip, slide the insert in, then close it. The maker describes the zip as hidden and the same colour as the cover.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Which way should the zip face?", "answer": "Most people turn the zip toward the back of the sofa or face it downward so it is out of sight and away from skin. That also keeps the slider away from fingers and clothing. There is no right or wrong way beyond comfort.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash it?", "answer": "Yes. The care instruction is to machine wash in cold or warm water and not to bleach. Close the zip before washing and use a gentle cycle to protect the weave and the seams.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How should I dry it after washing?", "answer": "The maker's care instructions cover washing only: machine wash in cold or warm water and do not bleach. Air drying on a rack or a line is the gentle choice. If you use a dryer, keep the heat low and take the cover out while it is still slightly damp.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "A cool iron on the reverse side is enough to settle creases. Avoid high heat, which can mark polyester fibre. The maker's care instructions cover washing only, so test a hidden corner first.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Will it lint or pill?", "answer": "The maker says the fabric is strong and not prone to linting or creasing. As with any upholstery textile, friction from rough clothing or pet claws can cause pilling over time. Washing inside a laundry bag reduces that risk.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for an air-conditioned living room?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists the living room as the room type and recommends the cover for decorating sofas, beds or armchairs. It is a plain woven cover with a textured surface, so it sits well on a sofa or chair in a cooled flat.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "The maker lists the cover as suitable for indoor and outdoor areas, but does not describe the fabric as waterproof or weather resistant. A sheltered balcony is the sensible limit. Bring it indoors when you are not using the space, and keep it out of rain and long hours of direct sun.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I use it behind my back on a chair?", "answer": "Yes. A 40 x 60 cm rectangle sits across the back of a chair or sofa, which is why this shape is often called a lumbar cushion. The cover itself is decorative. How firm the cushion feels depends entirely on the insert you choose.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Which insert fill should I choose?", "answer": "A polyester hollowfibre insert is light, affordable and holds a soft shape. A feather or feather-blend insert gives a more relaxed, slumped look that you can plump into shape. A firmer foam-core pad suits a desk chair where you want the cushion to hold its shape.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How many should I buy for a sofa?", "answer": "One rectangular cushion is often enough as a single accent on a two-seater. On a three-seater, many people use one rectangle at each end with two or three squares in between. Buying a single cover means you can test the look before committing.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Will it match other cushions I own?", "answer": "A plain cover is the easiest kind to mix because it has no pattern to clash. Pair it with textured neutrals, a soft stripe or a botanical print and it will sit comfortably. Plain weaves like this are a common starting point for a mixed group of cushions.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How does the fabric feel?", "answer": "The maker describes the cover as feeling natural and supple. The photos show a textured, slightly slubby weave, not a smooth sateen surface. It is a decorative sofa cushion cover, not a sleeping pillowcase.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Is there a pattern or print on the cover?", "answer": "No. The maker lists the pattern, style and theme as plain. The photos show a single yellow colour with a visible textured weave and no print. The weave type is listed as plain weave.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in a study or home office?", "answer": "Yes. The rectangular shape is well suited to a desk chair or a reading chair, where it can sit behind your lower back. Pair it with a firmer insert if you want the cushion to hold its shape.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a cushion pad?", "answer": "No, the package contains one cover only. You will need to supply your own 40 x 60 cm insert. This keeps the price down if you are simply refreshing covers you already have.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "A plain cushion cover in a warm colour is an easy housewarming or thank-you gift because it does not force a style on anyone. It is light and easy to wrap. If you are unsure of the recipient's palette, a plain weave is safer than a bold print.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How should I store it when not in use?", "answer": "Wash and dry it fully, then fold it flat and keep it somewhere cool and dry, away from direct sun. A fabric storage box or a drawer works well. Avoid sealed plastic in humid conditions, as trapped moisture can leave a musty smell.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Every four to eight weeks suits most living rooms, more often if the sofa sees heavy daily use or frequent snacking. Spot clean small marks straight away rather than waiting. Prompt attention makes most stains far easier to lift.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "What is in the package?", "answer": "One cushion cover measuring 40 x 60 cm in yellow, with a hidden zip. The maker lists the number of items and the number of pieces as one. No cushion insert is included.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Cover 40 x 60 cm, Single, Yellow", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-cover-40-x-60/" }, { "question": "What exactly do I receive in this set?", "answer": "You receive two cushion covers, each measuring 50 x 50 cm in blue. Inserts are not included. The covers arrive flat and empty, ready for you to fill with your own 50 cm cushion pads.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Is this fabric real linen?", "answer": "No. The fabric is polyester woven to look like linen, and the maker describes it as polyester linen. It is not pure linen and the maker gives no linen percentage, so treat it as a linen look cushion cover rather than a linen one.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Why choose a linen look cover instead of pure linen?", "answer": "A linen look cover gives you the textured, slightly uneven surface that people like about linen, in a polyester fabric. It comes down to taste and budget. If you want the feel of the real fibre, choose a pure linen cover. If you want the look, this set does that job.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will these fit a 45 cm insert?", "answer": "They will, but the result will look loose and the corners will sag. A 50 cm cover wants a 50 cm insert at minimum. If you only have 45 cm pads, consider buying new inserts at the same time.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I use a 55 cm insert in a 50 cm cover?", "answer": "Yes, and many people prefer it. A slightly oversized insert fills the corners and gives the cushion a plump, upholstered look. Just take a little care closing the zip so you do not force the slider.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What type of closure do they have?", "answer": "A hidden zip. The maker says the zip is the same colour as the cover, so it is hard to see once closed. That keeps the cushion looking clean, which matters on a plain cover.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Are both covers the same?", "answer": "Yes, the set contains two matching covers in the same blue colour and the same 50 x 50 cm size. They are designed to be used as a pair at either end of a sofa or bench.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How should I wash them?", "answer": "The maker says to machine wash in cold water, use only non-chlorine bleach and hang to dry. Close the zip first so the teeth do not catch on the fabric, and wash with similar colours.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I iron them?", "answer": "The maker's care notes say not to use a warm iron. Hang the covers to dry and smooth them flat by hand while they are still damp. Once an insert fills the cover, light creases from washing tend to pull flat.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What does the fabric look like up close?", "answer": "The photos show a chunky, grid-like weave with a slightly uneven surface, similar to a coarse linen cloth. There is no print on it. The texture comes from the weave itself.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will the blue fade?", "answer": "We do not make a colour-fastness promise for these covers. Sensible care helps any dyed fabric: wash cold, as the maker directs, use only non-chlorine bleach, and keep the cushions out of strong, direct sun for long periods.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for an air-conditioned living room?", "answer": "Yes. They are ordinary woven cushion covers for indoor use, so they suit a sofa or armchair in an air-conditioned living room. The maker also suggests them for bedrooms, dining rooms and offices.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in a bedroom?", "answer": "Certainly. Two 50 cm squares sit well at the head of a bed in front of your sleeping pillows, or along a bedroom bench. The plain blue is quiet enough that it will not fight with a patterned duvet cover.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will they work on an office chair?", "answer": "A 50 cm cushion is a little large for a typical desk chair back but works nicely on an armchair or a reading chair in a study. If you want something for lumbar support at a desk, a smaller rectangular cushion is a better fit.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do they suit a dining chair?", "answer": "They can sit on a wide dining chair as a back cushion, though 50 cm is on the large side for a seat pad. Check the chair width before you commit, especially if the chairs tuck under the table.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What colour is this set?", "answer": "This set is blue. The photos show a muted mid blue with a slightly dusty tone. Colours can look a little different from one screen to the next, so expect a small difference in person.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Is there a pattern on the fabric?", "answer": "There is no printed pattern. The maker describes the pattern as plain and the style as geometric, and the photos show a grid-like woven texture in a single blue.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How many cushions should I put on a three seater sofa?", "answer": "Two at either end is the simplest and most common arrangement, which is exactly what this set gives you. If you want a fuller look, add a third in a different size or texture in the centre. Starting with a pair is the safest approach.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I mix these with cushions of other sizes?", "answer": "Yes, and it usually looks better than using one size everywhere. Pair the 50 cm squares with a 40 cm square or a long lumbar cushion to vary the heights. Keep the colours related so the group reads as intentional.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Where does the maker suggest using them?", "answer": "The maker suggests them for a bedroom, living room, dining room or office, on a bed, sofa or chair, and also mentions use in a car. They are sold for decoration and everyday comfort.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do they attract pet hair?", "answer": "Any woven fabric will pick up some hair. A quick pass with a lint roller or a damp cloth usually clears it, and the covers can go in the machine when that is not enough.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Why buy covers without inserts?", "answer": "It costs less, and most homes already have inserts that are perfectly good. Covers get marked and worn long before the filling does, so replacing just the outer layer makes sense.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How do I know if my inserts still have life in them?", "answer": "Give one a firm squeeze and let go. If it springs back and fills the corners, it is fine. If it stays compressed or feels lumpy in the middle, the filling has broken down and a new insert will make a far bigger difference than a new cover alone.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Which insert filling suits these covers?", "answer": "Polyester fibre inserts are light and hold a neat shape, which suits a plain cover. Feather and down inserts give a softer, more relaxed slump that some people prefer on a sofa. Either type will fit a 50 cm cover.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How tight will the cover sit on the insert?", "answer": "With a matched 50 cm insert it will sit close with a little give at the corners. With a 52 to 55 cm insert it will look tauter and fuller. Neither is wrong, it is a matter of the look you want.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do they make a good gift?", "answer": "They do, particularly as a housewarming present. Cushion covers are useful, they take up almost no space to wrap, and blue is an easy colour to give to someone whose taste you do not know in detail.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one set to match?", "answer": "Yes, ordering two sets gives you four matching covers, which suits a large sofa or lets you keep a spare pair for when the first pair is in the wash. Rotating two sets also spreads the wear.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Is there a tolerance on the stated size?", "answer": "Yes. The maker asks buyers to allow 1 to 2 cm of variation because the covers are cut and sewn manually. That will not affect how the cover fits a standard 50 cm insert.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How do I store spare covers?", "answer": "Fold them flat and keep them in a cupboard or a drawer away from damp. In a humid climate, a breathable cotton bag is better than a sealed plastic one, as it lets any trapped moisture escape.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Linen Look Cushion Covers 50 cm (Set of 2, Blue)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/linen-look-cushion-covers-50-cm-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in this set?", "answer": "You get two cushion covers, each 61 x 61 cm. No inserts are included, so you will need to buy or reuse two 61 cm pads to fill them.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What is the fabric made of?", "answer": "The maker states 70% ramie and 30% cotton in a plain weave. The maker describes a woven fabric with a naturally textured surface. It has a linen-like texture, but it is not flax linen.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Is this actually linen?", "answer": "No. Ramie is a separate plant fibre with a texture like linen, but it is not flax linen. These are ramie and cotton covers with a linen-like texture: 70% ramie and 30% cotton, as stated by the maker. They sit in the linen cushions category by look, not by fibre.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "How big is 61 cm in inches?", "answer": "61 cm is 24 inches, so each cover is a 24 x 24 inch square. That is the size usually called a euro sham.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Will these fit a 60 cm insert?", "answer": "A 60 cm insert will fit but may look slightly loose at the corners. If you want a full, plump finish, a 61 cm or even a 65 cm insert gives a better result.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "Light blue, in a plain solid with no pattern. It reads as a soft, near-neutral tone rather than a bright or saturated blue.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Do the covers have a zip?", "answer": "The maker lists the closure type as no closure, and the photos show no zip or buttons on the front of the covers. Each cover has an opening for fitting your own 61 cm insert.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What is a pressed-edge border?", "answer": "It is a flat fabric flange that runs around the outside of the cushion face, framing it like a border. It keeps the outline crisp and gives a plain cover a more finished, tailored look.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Are these good for a sofa?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists them for sofas, couches, beds, chairs, benches and reading nooks. A pair of 61 cm covers suits a three-seater that looks bare, because the scale fills the back corners.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use them on a bed?", "answer": "They work well as a back row behind standard sleeping pillows on a queen or king bed. Two euro shams give a hotel-style layered look without needing a large pile of cushions.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What does the fabric feel like?", "answer": "The maker describes a woven fabric with a naturally textured surface and a relaxed feel. Expect a textured hand, not a smooth or silky one. The photos show a visible, slightly slubby plain weave.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What does the edge of each cover look like?", "answer": "Each cover has a pressed-edge border, a flat band of fabric that runs around all four sides. You can see it clearly in the photos. The maker calls it a tailored pressed-edge detail.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Hand wash, or machine wash on a gentle cycle inside a wash bag. Tumble dry on low and do not iron.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I iron them?", "answer": "No. The maker's care instructions say do not iron. Smooth the covers flat by hand while they are still slightly damp to settle the shape and the pressed edges.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry them?", "answer": "Yes, on a low setting. Taking them out while slightly damp and reshaping them by hand gives the neatest result.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "How do I keep the light blue looking even?", "answer": "Follow the maker's care instructions: hand wash, or machine wash in a wash bag on a gentle cycle, and tumble dry low. Wash with similar colours. Strong direct sun over long periods will dull most dyed fabrics, so rotating the cushions now and then helps.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes. The maker designs them for indoor decorating in living rooms, bedrooms and offices. A plain woven cover with a textured surface sits well on a sofa or bed in a cooled flat or condominium.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use them outdoors?", "answer": "The maker describes them as designed for indoor decorating. Keep them inside, away from rain and long hours of direct sun.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Do they work in a small flat?", "answer": "They can, if the furniture is big enough to carry them. On a two-seater or a compact armchair, 61 cm may dominate, so consider whether a smaller size suits the space better.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What style of room do they suit?", "answer": "The maker lists the style as modern and says the plain solid design suits farmhouse, boho, modern and minimalist interiors. A quiet solid is usually the easiest piece to add to a room you have already furnished.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What should I pair them with?", "answer": "Pale timber, rattan, white or oatmeal upholstery, and natural weaves all work. If you want contrast, add one smaller cushion with a pattern in front of each large one.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Which insert should I buy?", "answer": "Feather or feather-blend inserts give a soft, slouchy drape. Polyester inserts hold a firmer, more upright shape. Both work; it depends whether you want the cushions to look structured or lived-in.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Should I size up the insert?", "answer": "Going one size up is a common trick for a full, plump look with no empty corners. A 65 cm insert in a 61 cm cover fills it out nicely if you prefer that look.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I wash the inserts too?", "answer": "That depends on the insert you buy, so check its own label. The covers are removable, which is the main reason washing the covers alone is usually enough.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Are these good as a gift?", "answer": "A set of two neutral covers is an easy housewarming or wedding present, because the recipient keeps their existing inserts and simply changes the look. Pale blue is low-risk against most interiors.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "How many should I buy for a large sofa?", "answer": "One set of two covers the corners of most three-seaters. If you have a long sectional, two sets give you four large squares to spread across the length.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Do the two covers look identical?", "answer": "They are supplied as a matching pair in the same light blue plain weave. Small variations in texture are normal in a woven plant fibre fabric.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Is the weave see-through?", "answer": "It is a plain weave rather than an open or loose one. A very dark insert can still shadow through a pale cover, so a white or light grey insert is the safer choice.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What weave and pattern are the covers?", "answer": "The maker lists a plain weave and a plain pattern. Both covers are a single solid light blue with no print or embroidery.", "source": "Ramie Cotton Euro Sham Cushion Covers, Light Blue, 61 cm, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/ramie-cotton-euro-sham-cushion-covers-light-blue/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying here?", "answer": "Two cushion covers, each 40 x 40 cm, made from 100% stonewashed linen. They are covers only, so the inner cushion pads are not included. The colour is a solid light grey with no pattern or print.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Why does it say stonewashed?", "answer": "Stonewashing is a finishing process that softens and relaxes linen. It is the reason these covers feel broken in from the start instead of stiff. It also gives the fabric the gently crumpled surface that people expect from washed linen.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "What does 160 g/m2 actually mean?", "answer": "It is the weight of the fabric per square metre, which is the simplest way to compare one linen with another. The maker states 160 g/m2 for this linen and describes it as a thick fabric, heavier than many other linens.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Will a 40 x 40 cm insert fit properly?", "answer": "Yes, a standard 40 x 40 cm cushion pad is the matching size and will give a relaxed, softly filled look. If you prefer a plumper cushion with tighter corners, many people size up to a 45 x 45 cm insert. That fuller fit does flatten out some of the linen texture.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Are the inserts included?", "answer": "No, the set is the two covers only. You will need to buy 40 x 40 cm cushion pads separately. That is normal for linen cushion covers and it lets you choose the firmness and fill you prefer.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "What is an envelope closure?", "answer": "The back of the cover is made from two overlapping panels of fabric rather than a zip. You slide the insert through the opening and the overlap holds it in. That makes the covers quick to change.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Will the insert fall out of an envelope back?", "answer": "Not with a correctly sized pad. The overlap and the weight of the fabric keep it closed in normal use. If you are using a much smaller insert than the cover, the opening can gape, which is another reason to match or slightly oversize the pad.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Is the light grey warm or cool toned?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour light grey. In the photos it is a pale, slightly cool grey with no pattern. Colours can look a little different from one screen to the next, so expect a small difference in person.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Do the two covers match each other?", "answer": "They are the same colour and the same size, sold as a matched pair. Linen is a natural fibre, so very slight variation in slub and tone can occur between pieces of fabric. Most people find that part of the appeal rather than a flaw.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "What colours work alongside light grey?", "answer": "White, cream, oatmeal and charcoal are the safe partners. Warm timber, rattan and leather also sit well against grey linen. If you want contrast, a single olive, rust or deep navy cushion in the middle of the sofa works nicely.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Can I use these on a bed as well as a sofa?", "answer": "Yes. A pair of 40 x 40 cm cushions sits well in front of standard sleeping pillows on a double or queen bed. They are small enough to move off at night without taking up half the room.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for an armchair?", "answer": "A 40 cm square is a good scale for an armchair, where a 50 cm cushion can swallow the seat. One in the chair and one elsewhere in the room is a common way to use a pair.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Do they suit an air-conditioned flat in a warm, humid climate?", "answer": "Yes. They are indoor cushion covers for a sofa, bed or armchair, and they suit a flat with or without air conditioning. The maker describes the linen as lightweight and breathable. We do not add climate claims of our own.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Will the covers wrinkle?", "answer": "Yes, and that is expected with linen. The stonewashed finish gives a relaxed, lightly creased look from the start, so the creases read as part of the fabric. If you want a sharper look, check the care label before you iron.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Follow the care label on the covers first. As general guidance for linen, a gentle machine cycle in cool or warm water with a mild detergent and similar colours is the usual approach, with no bleach. The maker says this linen gets softer with every wash.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Do I need fabric softener?", "answer": "Many people leave it out. Softener can leave a coating on natural fibres, and the maker says this linen gets softer with every wash on its own. Check the care label, then use a plain mild detergent.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Where is the linen made?", "answer": "The maker states that the covers are made in the EU from 100% European linen. The fabric weight is given as 160 g/m2.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Are the covers handmade?", "answer": "The maker describes the covers as handmade in Europe. We pass that on as the maker's statement. Each set is two covers with an envelope closure.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Should I iron them?", "answer": "It is optional. Check the care label for the iron setting first. Leaving the covers unironed keeps the relaxed stonewashed look, which is what most people buy this fabric for.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "How do I treat a spill?", "answer": "Blot straight away with a clean cloth rather than rubbing, which pushes the stain deeper into the weave. Rinse with cool water, then wash as normal. Treat any oily marks with a little mild detergent worked in gently before washing.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Does linen get softer over time?", "answer": "The maker says this linen gets softer with every wash. Starting with a stonewashed fabric means the covers already feel soft and relaxed when you first unfold them.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Do the covers have piping or a border?", "answer": "No. The photos show plain sewn edges with no piping, trim or flange. The look is a simple square cover in a single light grey.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Are these machine washable at home or do they need dry cleaning?", "answer": "Linen cushion covers are normally washed at home rather than dry cleaned, and the maker talks about the linen being washed many times. Follow the care label on the covers for the exact settings.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "What insert fill should I choose?", "answer": "Feather or feather-blend inserts give a soft, slouchy cushion that suits the relaxed look of linen. Polyester inserts hold a plumper, tidier shape and are easier to care for. Both work, so it depends on whether you want your sofa to look settled or neat.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Do these work in a minimalist room?", "answer": "Light grey linen with no pattern is about as quiet as a cushion gets, which is why it suits pared-back interiors. Texture does the work instead of colour.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Would this make a good gift?", "answer": "Yes, a pair of neutral linen covers is an easy homeware gift because grey fits most rooms. The set of two also feels complete rather than like half a present. Pairing it with two inserts makes it ready to use straight away.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one set to cover a long sofa?", "answer": "Yes. Two sets give you four matching cushions, which works well across a three or four seater. Many people mix two of these with one larger or patterned cushion to break up the line.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Is there a zip anywhere on the cover?", "answer": "No, the closure is an envelope overlap on the back. There are no zips, buttons or ties. That means nothing hard presses into you when you lean back.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Is this pure linen or a linen blend?", "answer": "The maker states 100% stonewashed linen, made in the EU from European linen at 160 g/m2. It is not described as a blend.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Stonewashed Linen Cushion Covers 40 cm, Light Grey, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/stonewashed-linen-cushion-covers-40-cm-light-grey/" }, { "question": "What exactly is included in this set?", "answer": "You get two cushion covers, both 55 x 55 cm. No pillow inserts are included, so you will need to supply or buy pads separately. The covers are sold as a matched pair in the same navy and white stripe.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Is this real linen?", "answer": "No. The maker describes the fabric as faux linen, which is a polyester blend woven to look like linen. It gives you the textured, slubby appearance of linen cushions without being flax linen. We state this plainly so there is no confusion at the point of purchase.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Why choose faux linen over real linen?", "answer": "Polyester blends tend to hold colour and resist creasing better than flax linen, which is useful for a cushion that gets sat on and leaned against. Real linen has a softer hand and a different drape, but it creases far more readily. If a relaxed, crumpled look is what you want, genuine linen is the better pick.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What size inserts should I buy?", "answer": "A 55 cm square insert is the direct match. Many people use a slightly larger insert, around 60 cm, to get a fuller, plumper look with no sagging at the corners. If you prefer a flatter, more tailored cushion, stay with 55 cm.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Will a 60 cm insert actually fit?", "answer": "It usually will, because cushion fabric has some give and a 60 cm pad compresses into a 55 cm cover. It takes a little more effort to zip, so work the corners in first. If you want the easiest fit, match the size exactly.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "The colour is navy and white stripe. In the photos the stripes are a soft, denim-like blue with narrow beige bands on a white ground, so expect a lighter blue than a very dark navy. Screens can shift colour slightly too.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What kind of sofa do these suit?", "answer": "Almost any. The stripe works well against plain upholstery in grey, cream, beige or tan. The maker says the covers match sofas in leather, chenille or linen.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "How does the cover close?", "answer": "With a hidden zip along one edge, in a colour matched to the fabric, as the maker describes. The zip sits out of sight so the front face stays unbroken.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Are the seams finished properly?", "answer": "The maker says it uses tight zigzag over-lock stitches to avoid fraying and ripping. That is the standard way of finishing the inner edge of a woven fabric.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Can I machine wash them?", "answer": "Yes. Wash cold on a gentle cycle, separately from other items, with no bleach. Close the zip first so the slider does not snag the fabric. Tumble dry on low or hang them in the shade.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "The maker makes no shrinkage claim. Its care advice is a cold, gentle machine wash and a low tumble dry. Hot water and a high dryer setting are what cause trouble with most fabrics, so stick to cold and low.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Can I iron them?", "answer": "A warm iron on the reverse is fine if the fabric has creased in the wash. Avoid a hot setting, because synthetic fibres do not like high heat. In most cases a low tumble dry and a quick shake out is enough.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Do the stripes run vertically or horizontally?", "answer": "The stripe runs across the square face, and because the cover is a perfect square you can rotate it ninety degrees to switch between vertical and horizontal. That small trick lets you alternate direction along a sofa for a more considered look.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Polyester holds dye well, and a cold wash with no bleach helps keep the navy deep. Strong, constant direct sunlight will eventually dull any fabric, so a spot slightly out of the glare is kinder to them. Rotating the pair now and then evens out any exposure.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Are two covers enough for a sofa?", "answer": "For a two or three seater, a pair is a sensible starting point, one at each end. Larger sofas often look better with four cushions, so you may want two pairs. Mixing this stripe with a plain navy or cream cover is a common and easy way to build the look.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes. Two 55 cm squares sit well in front of standard bed pillows and give a bed a finished appearance. Choose a softer insert for a bedroom, since these cushions are decorative rather than something you sleep on.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for an office?", "answer": "The maker lists them for living room and office use. A striped cover on an office chair or a reading chair adds a little comfort without looking out of place in a work setting.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Can I use them in a car?", "answer": "The maker lists car use among the recommended uses. A cover alone does nothing without an insert, and a car interior gets warm and dusty, so expect to wash them more often.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Do they work in an air-conditioned flat?", "answer": "Yes. A cushion adds a bit of softness to a sofa or chair in an air-conditioned room. Because the covers are machine washable, you can wash them as often as you like.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Is the fabric soft or scratchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the faux linen blend as comfortable to touch and lie on. Faux linen has a slightly textured feel, not a smooth, silky one, and that texture is a large part of the linen look.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Will they hide an old, patterned cushion underneath?", "answer": "The maker says the fabric hides old pillow patterns. Very bright patterns under a lighter fabric can sometimes shadow through, so a plain insert is the surer choice.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Do they make a good gift?", "answer": "Yes. A pair of neutral striped covers suits most homes, and because they are covers only they are easy to post and simple to receive. They work well as a housewarming present or as part of a larger gift for someone who has just moved.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What do the stripes look like up close?", "answer": "The photos show broad blue bands woven with a herringbone texture, narrow beige bands and a white ground. The stripes are woven into the fabric and run across the square face.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "How do I keep the corners from looking flat?", "answer": "Use an insert that is the same size or slightly larger, and give each corner a push from the inside after fitting. A karate chop down the middle is a styling choice rather than a requirement. Feather-blend inserts hold a plumper shape than cheap polyester pads.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Are they practical for a family home?", "answer": "They are a practical option, since both covers come off with a zip and take a cold, gentle machine wash. The maker makes no stain-resistance claim, so prompt spot cleaning still helps.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What is the weave?", "answer": "The maker lists it as a plain weave, which is the simplest over and under construction. Plain weaves are stable and hold their shape well, which suits a cushion cover. The slub in the yarn is what creates the linen look.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Are the rectangular cushions in the photos included?", "answer": "No. Some photos show extra cushions, including rectangular ones, to style the sofa. This set is two square covers of 55 x 55 cm, without inserts.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "How should I store spare covers?", "answer": "Fold them flat and keep them somewhere dry and out of direct sun, ideally in a breathable cotton bag rather than sealed plastic. In humid conditions, airing them occasionally helps. Make sure they are fully dry before they go away.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "How long will they last?", "answer": "That depends on how much use they get and how often they are washed. The maker describes the fabric as durable and says the over-lock stitching is there to avoid fraying and ripping. Washing cold and drying low is the biggest factor you control.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Striped Faux Linen Cushion Covers 55 cm (Pair)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/striped-linen-look-cushion-covers-pair/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a shallow rectangular tray made for catching small everyday items. People use it for keys, watches, rings, coins, cards and desk bits like paper clips and USB sticks. It measures about 21.7 x 14.7 x 5 cm.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it made from real leather?", "answer": "No. The outer surface is PU leather, which is a faux or man made leather, wrapped over an MDF core. The maker states this clearly, so you should not expect the grain, smell or patina of genuine hide.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "What is underneath the faux leather surface?", "answer": "An MDF core gives the tray its structure and keeps the walls upright. The maker says metal plates are embedded in the faux leather; the photos show a gold-coloured plate on the front wall. The edges are sewn.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Orange. In the photos it is a warm, burnt orange with a gold-coloured metal plate on the front wall.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "How big is it in centimetres?", "answer": "Roughly 21.7 cm long, 14.7 cm wide and 5 cm high. That is about the footprint of a small paperback laid flat, with a low wall around the edge.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The listed weight is 0.25 kg. It is light enough to lift with one hand but has enough body that it does not slide around when you drop keys into it.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is one tray included or a set?", "answer": "One tray is included per order. If you want a pair for two rooms, order two.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Can I stack two of them?", "answer": "The maker lists the tray as stackable and portable, so a second one can sit on top. Keep the lower tray's contents flat if you plan to stack.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Will it hold a watch?", "answer": "Yes. The 5 cm wall comfortably contains a watch with the strap curled, and it is one of the most common uses for a tray this size. It makes a good watch tray for a bedside table.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for jewellery?", "answer": "It works well as a decorative catchall for jewellery and watches, especially rings, studs, cufflinks and a chain or two. There are no internal dividers, so very fine chains can tangle if you pile several together.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Does it have compartments inside?", "answer": "No, it is a single open compartment. That keeps it flexible, since you can use the full space for one large item or fill it with several small ones.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Where do most people put it?", "answer": "A console by the entrance, a desk corner and a bedroom dressing table are the three usual spots. The photos also show it on a bedside table.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it good for a work from home desk?", "answer": "Yes. It is a useful desk organiser tray for pens, paper clips, a phone, sticky notes and anything else that otherwise clutters a keyboard area. The shallow depth means you see everything without digging.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Can it hold a mobile phone?", "answer": "Most standard phones will fit inside the footprint. A larger phone in a bulky case may sit slightly proud of the walls, which is fine since the tray is open topped.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Will it hold documents?", "answer": "Only small ones. Business cards, receipts and folded notes fit comfortably. Full A4 pages will not, as the tray is far shorter than an A4 sheet.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the surface with a soft cloth that is only lightly damp, then dry it immediately with a dry cloth. The maker's care guidance is simply to wipe with a damp cloth.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the dishwasher?", "answer": "No. It is listed as not dishwasher safe. Submerging it would damage the MDF core and the stitched edges.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it oven safe or heat safe?", "answer": "No, it is listed as not oven safe. Keep it away from hot pans, candles and any direct heat source.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Can I use cleaning sprays or alcohol wipes on it?", "answer": "Better not to. Solvents and strong cleaners can dull or lift a PU leather finish. Plain water on a barely damp cloth is the safer choice.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "How should I look after it in a humid home?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. Its care advice is to wipe the tray with a damp cloth. Dust it now and then, and dry off any moisture so it does not sit on the surface or soak into the MDF core.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Long spells in strong direct sunlight can fade most dyed surfaces over time. Keeping it on an interior shelf or desk rather than on a sunny windowsill is the simple answer.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "The maker does not describe it as waterproof. The surface takes a quick wipe with a damp cloth, but spilt liquid should be dried off straight away so it does not pool inside.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Can I put wet items in it?", "answer": "Avoid it. A damp ring or a wet card would sit against the base, and the MDF core underneath does not like prolonged moisture. Dry items are the better choice.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "What does the metal detail look like?", "answer": "The photos show a gold-coloured metal plate set into the middle of the front wall, where the wall dips slightly. The maker describes the metal plates as embedded in the faux leather.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A catchall tray is a practical present for a desk, a new flat or a first job, and it suits people who are difficult to buy for because almost everyone has keys and a watch.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Is it a men's valet tray or a unisex item?", "answer": "It is unisex. The maker lists jewellery, watches, cosmetics, keys, a phone and a wallet among its uses, so it works as a valet tray or as a jewellery tray on a dressing table. The rectangular modern shape is fairly neutral.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Will it match a minimalist desk setup?", "answer": "The style is listed as modern with a polished finish, and the shape is plain rectangular. The orange colour makes it a deliberate accent rather than a piece that disappears.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "How does it differ from a plastic organiser?", "answer": "It has stitched edges, a metal plate detail and a faux leather surface over an MDF core, so it looks and feels different from moulded plastic. It is a decorative piece as much as a storage one.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "What is not included?", "answer": "Only the single tray is included. The perfume bottle, diffuser, jewellery and other items in the photos are props and are not supplied.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Faux Leather Desk Tray Catchall", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-desk-tray-catchall/" }, { "question": "What exactly is a valet tray?", "answer": "It is a shallow open tray that holds the small things you carry daily, so they all live in one place. People use it as a pocket emptier at the end of the day and a pick up point in the morning. This one has four compartments so items stay sorted rather than jumbled.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Is this made of real leather?", "answer": "No. It is artificial PU leather, also called faux leather, as stated by the maker. The lining inside is faux suede. We say this plainly because the look is close to leather but the material is synthetic.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "The tray measures 30.3 cm wide, 20.3 cm deep and 4.1 cm high. That is roughly the footprint of a slim hardback book lying flat. It fits most bedside tables and desk corners without taking over.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "How many compartments does it have?", "answer": "Four, all built in. The maker's size diagram shows three small sections of about 9.5 x 9.5 cm in a row and one long section that runs the full width of the tray. A watch does not end up tangled with keys and coins.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Brown. In the photos the outside is a dark brown faux leather with white contrast stitching, and the faux suede lining inside is a lighter brown.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Does it have a lid?", "answer": "No, there is no closure. It is an open tray by design, so you can drop something in with one hand as you walk past. If you want something you can shut and lock, this is not it.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "How big are the compartments?", "answer": "The maker's size diagram shows three small sections of about 9.5 x 9.5 cm each, and one long section that runs the full 30.3 cm width of the tray. The walls are 4.1 cm high.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable as a bedside storage tray?", "answer": "Yes, the maker names the bedside table first among the places for it. The 30.3 x 20.3 cm footprint suits a typical bedside table, and the faux suede lining is a soft place to set down a watch or phone overnight. The open design means you are not fumbling with a lid in the dark.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on an office desk?", "answer": "Absolutely. As a desk organiser tray it handles pens, paper clips, a phone, an access card and loose change. Keeping those off the main work surface makes a small desk feel noticeably larger.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Does it work by the front door?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists the entrance area among the places for it. On a console or shelf by the door it holds keys, access cards and sunglasses. Having a fixed spot by the door is the simplest way to stop losing keys.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Will it hold a watch?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists watches among the items it is meant for, and the compartments are lined with faux suede. For a watch with a fine polished case, give it its own compartment so a key or coin cannot rub against it.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can it hold jewellery?", "answer": "It works well as a simple jewellery tray for rings, studs, a chain or a bracelet. The compartments stop small pieces from rolling together. It has no dividers inside each compartment, so very fine chains can still tangle with each other.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Will my phone fit?", "answer": "The maker lists a phone among the items it holds. The long compartment runs the full 30.3 cm width of the tray, so that is the place for a phone. The small sections are about 9.5 cm square and suit a watch, coins or keys.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Is it deep enough for coins?", "answer": "Yes. The 4.1 cm height is enough to hold a decent handful of coins without them spilling over the edge. It also means you can see into the compartment easily rather than digging around.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can it fit inside a drawer?", "answer": "The maker lists a drawer among the places for it. The tray is 30.3 x 20.3 cm and 4.1 cm tall, so measure the inside of your drawer first, including the height.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for men or women?", "answer": "Both. The maker's name for it mentions men's accessories, but a plain brown tray with white stitching is not gendered. The compartment layout suits anyone who carries a few small items daily.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "The maker's cleaning advice is to polish the faux leather with a cloth and to remove dust from the compartments with a vacuum cleaner. A soft, dry cloth is enough for the outside. Avoid solvents, bleach and oily leather polishes.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can it get wet?", "answer": "It should not be soaked. If liquid spills in, tip it out, blot the lining with a dry cloth and let the tray air dry away from direct heat. Do not put it in a washing machine or dishwasher.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Will the faux suede lining collect dust?", "answer": "A little, as any soft surface does. The maker suggests removing dust from the compartments with a vacuum cleaner. A low suction setting and a soft brush nozzle are the gentle way to do it.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Does it need leather conditioner?", "answer": "The maker does not ask for any. The maker's cleaning advice is to polish the faux leather with a cloth and to remove dust from the compartments with a vacuum cleaner. This is faux leather, so oils and conditioners made for genuine hide are not needed.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Will it fade in sunlight?", "answer": "Like most synthetic surfaces, long spells in strong direct sun can dull the colour over time. Keeping it on a bedside table, a desk or a shelf away from a sunny window is the simple fix.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What stitching does it have?", "answer": "White contrast stitching, which the maker points out as a style detail. In the photos it runs around the top and bottom edges of the brown outer walls.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What comes in the box?", "answer": "One tray. The watch, glasses, card holder, coins and other items shown in the photos are props and are not included.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A tidy, useful object is an easy gift for someone who already owns most things, and the maker suggests occasions such as housewarmings, birthdays, Father's Day, Mother's Day, Valentine's Day and weddings.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What is the lining like?", "answer": "The maker describes the inside of the compartments as particularly soft suede on an artificial PU leather tray. We describe it as faux suede. In the photos it is a lighter brown than the outside.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What can I keep in it?", "answer": "The maker lists a phone, watches, remote controls, keys, coins, jewellery, stationery, headphones and a wallet.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for stationery?", "answer": "Yes. Pens, highlighters, paper clips, a USB drive and sticky notes all suit the compartments. Many people use one section as a pen tray and keep the rest for everyday carry items.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Can the dividers be moved or taken out?", "answer": "No. The maker describes the four compartments as built in, so the layout is fixed: three small sections and one long one.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Where does the maker suggest using it?", "answer": "On a bedside table, a living room table, a chest of drawers, in the entrance area, inside a drawer or on an office desk.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details. Before ordering, it helps to check the 30.3 x 20.3 cm footprint against the surface you have in mind.", "source": "Faux Leather Valet Tray with Four Compartments", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/faux-leather-storage-tray-bedside/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a large leather entrance tray, sometimes called a valet tray, pocket empty or catchall. It is a shallow rectangular leather dish you keep near a door or on a desk to hold small everyday items. The idea is that everything from your pockets goes into one place instead of spreading across a surface.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "Genuine leather, made in Italy, as stated by the maker. The finish is listed as polished.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "The tray measures 27 cm long, 18 cm wide and 4 cm high. The maker describes the dimensions as generous. The width means you can lay a watch flat next to a key fob without them stacking.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Taupe and brown. In the main photo the base is taupe and the inner sides are brown, with pale contrast stitching. Taupe is a soft grey-brown, so the piece reads as neutral.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The item weight is 0.5 kg. That is enough to keep it from sliding or tipping when you drop keys into it, but light enough to pick up and move between rooms.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What shape is it?", "answer": "Rectangular, with a flat base and four raised sides about 4 cm high. The photos show the corners pinched together and stitched along the edges. It rests directly on the surface.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Will it hold a full set of keys?", "answer": "Yes. At 27 x 18 cm there is room for a household key ring, a car fob, an access card and loose change at the same time. The maker lists coins, keys, watches and jewellery among the things it is meant to hold.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a desk?", "answer": "Yes. The maker names a desk as one of the places for it. It is a sensible size for paper clips, a pen, a USB stick, a card holder and a phone. Keep only the things you reach for daily inside it.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a bedside tray?", "answer": "Yes. The maker names a bedside table as one of the places for it. It holds a watch, a ring, earrings and reading glasses, so small items do not end up in the bedding or on the floor.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch a watch?", "answer": "The maker makes no claim about scratches. Leather is a softer surface than wood, metal or stone, but rings and keys thrown in together can still rub against each other. If you own a watch you care about, give it its own corner of the tray.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What finish does the leather have?", "answer": "The maker lists the finish as polished. The photos show a grained surface with pale contrast stitching around the base and the top edge.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Is it one colour or two?", "answer": "Two. The colour is listed as taupe and brown. In the main photo the base panel is taupe and the inner sides are brown.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Can it be used as a dice tray?", "answer": "Yes, dice are listed among the maker's recommended uses for the product. The 4 cm sides contain a roll.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Will it hold jewellery?", "answer": "The maker lists jewellery among the small items it is meant for. It suits rings, earrings, bracelets and chains, since the raised edge keeps them from rolling off, and the 27 x 18 cm footprint lets you spread pieces out. Very fine chains can tangle in any open tray, so lay them flat.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for coins?", "answer": "Yes, coins are one of the main uses the maker names. The 4 cm wall height helps keep loose change inside the tray.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Can I put my phone in it?", "answer": "A phone fits comfortably in a tray this size, lying flat with room beside it for keys. Just keep charging cables outside the tray so the cable does not drag the tray off the surface.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Will it work in a small flat or condominium?", "answer": "It suits compact homes well. A single tray near the entrance gives you one defined drop zone, which usually looks tidier than items spread along a console.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Does it need a shelf or console to sit on?", "answer": "It needs a flat surface of at least 27 x 18 cm. A narrow console, a shoe cabinet top, a sideboard, a desk or a shelf will all work. It is not designed to be wall mounted.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it immediately with a clean cloth. The stated care instruction is to wipe with a damp cloth. Avoid soaking, scrubbing or using household cleaning sprays on it.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Is it dishwasher safe?", "answer": "No. The maker states it is not dishwasher safe. Do not put it through a dishwasher or washing machine.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What should I do if something spills in it?", "answer": "Blot the liquid straight away with a dry cloth rather than rubbing it in, then let the tray air dry away from direct heat. Do not use a hairdryer or place it in sunlight to speed drying, as heat can stiffen leather.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Will the colour fade?", "answer": "Any leather left in strong direct sunlight for long periods can lighten over time. Keeping the tray out of a sunny windowsill is the simplest way to preserve the taupe and brown tone.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "How should I keep it in a humid home?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. As general leather care, keep the tray out on an open surface where it has air around it, and wipe off any surface moisture so it does not sit.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Should I condition the leather?", "answer": "The only care instruction the maker gives is to wipe it with a damp cloth. If you choose to use a leather conditioner later on, use a small amount of a neutral one on a soft cloth and test it first on an area you cannot see.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It is an easy gift because it does not need sizing and the taupe and brown colourway is neutral. It suits a new home, a new job or a first flat.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What style is it?", "answer": "The maker lists the style as modern and the shape as rectangular. It is a plain two-colour tray with visible stitching and no pattern.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "How many trays come in a pack?", "answer": "One. The number of items listed is 1.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one for different rooms?", "answer": "Yes, and plenty of people do. A common setup is one by the door and one on a desk or bedside table, so pockets empty into the same style of tray wherever you happen to be.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The maker states that the tray is made in Italy from genuine leather.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Large Leather Entrance Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/large-leather-entrance-tray-italy/" }, { "question": "What exactly is a catchall tray?", "answer": "It is a shallow tray that sits in one fixed spot and collects the small things you carry every day. Keys, coins, a watch, a phone, rings and access cards all go in the same place instead of being scattered. The point is that you stop searching in the morning because there is only one place to look.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What is this tray made of?", "answer": "Cowhide leather, as stated by the maker, in black. There are stainless steel rivets at the four corners that hold the shape.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How does the folding work?", "answer": "The tray starts as a flat leather square. Each corner has a stainless steel rivet that snaps to the corner next to it, which lifts the edges and forms the four sides. Unsnap the corners and it falls flat again in seconds.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What size is it when assembled?", "answer": "Snapped into tray form it measures about 15 x 15 x 4.5 cm. That gives you a 15 cm square base with sides roughly 4.5 cm high. It is a comfortable size for a bedside table or a desk corner.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What size is it when flat?", "answer": "Unsnapped it lies flat at 21 x 21 cm and about 0.5 cm thick. The flat state is what makes it easy to pack.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The item weight is 0.14 kg. That is light enough to move around the home without thinking about it, and light enough to pack without noticing. It also means it will slide if you knock it hard, so a flat surface is best.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is this a good bedside tray for keys and coins?", "answer": "Yes, that is one of its main uses. The 4.5 cm sides help keep coins from rolling off the table, and the leather base is a quieter place to put keys down at night than a hard surface.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Will a phone fit inside it?", "answer": "The maker says the tray is large enough to hold a phone. The base is 15 cm square, so a longer phone sits diagonally or rests against one side, as the photos show. The sides are 4.5 cm high, so the phone stays easy to see and pick up.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a desk organiser?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists desk storage among its uses. It holds paper clips, a USB stick, a pen, earbuds and spare change so those items do not spread across the desk, and a 15 cm square takes up little working area.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for jewellery?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists jewellery storage among its uses. It works for rings, earrings, bracelets and a watch at the end of the day. For very small items like stud backs, be aware there are no dividers.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Does it have compartments or dividers?", "answer": "No, it is a single open compartment. Everything shares the same space, which is part of the appeal if you want one quick drop zone. If you need separation, people often use two trays, one for keys and one for jewellery.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Can it hold liquid or be used for food?", "answer": "No. It is a leather tray and is not intended for food or liquids. It is not dishwasher safe and not oven safe.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "The maker's care advice is to keep it dry, avoid direct sunlight and use a leather conditioner. Dust it with a soft dry cloth. Do not soak it, machine wash it or use bleach and solvents.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it alright to keep in a bathroom?", "answer": "The maker names the bathroom among the rooms it suits, and also says to keep the leather dry. So place it away from the basin and out of splashes, and wipe it dry straight away if it gets wet.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How should I keep it in a humid home?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. Its care advice is to keep the tray dry, avoid direct sunlight and use a leather conditioner. An open surface in a ventilated room follows that advice better than a closed, damp corner.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Does the leather smell when new?", "answer": "Leather often carries a faint natural scent at first. Leaving it out in a ventilated room for a day or two usually settles it. This is normal for leather goods and not a defect.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it mark or scratch over time?", "answer": "Leather that is handled daily picks up small marks and softens at the fold lines. Most people read this as character rather than damage. Keys with sharp edges will leave the most visible marks, so if you want it pristine, keep the sharpest items in a separate spot.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is this a good travel jewellery tray?", "answer": "The maker describes it as portable and says it can be unsnapped and folded to take with you when you travel. Flat it is about 0.5 cm thick and it weighs 0.14 kg, so it slides into a laptop bag or suitcase and can be set up on a hotel desk in seconds.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I pack it in hand luggage?", "answer": "Flat and at 0.14 kg, it takes up very little room and adds almost no weight. It is a leather square with steel rivets at the corners. Airline rules vary, so check with your carrier if you have any doubt.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Will the snaps come loose on their own?", "answer": "The maker makes no specific claim about this. The corners are held by snap rivets that you press together by hand. If you are moving the tray while it is loaded, lift it from underneath so the weight is not pulling on the corners.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How many should I buy?", "answer": "One tray covers a single spot well. Some people keep two or three, usually one by the door, one on the desk and one on the dressing table. Each order is for one tray.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a gift?", "answer": "It is plain black and the maker describes it as unisex and suggests it as a gift for family and friends. It is an easy choice for a partner, a parent, a colleague or a friend moving into a new flat.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "How many trays are in the pack?", "answer": "One. This is a single black tray.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Black, inside and outside. The photos show a smooth outer face and a napped, suede-like inner face. The corner rivets look bronze in tone in the photos; the maker states they are stainless steel.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What is the style?", "answer": "The style is described as vintage, with a solid pattern and a leather finish. In practice that means a plain, unfussy black square that does not compete with other things on a table. It suits both modern and traditional rooms.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it inside a drawer?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists drawer storage among its uses. Snapped into tray form it is 15 x 15 x 4.5 cm, so measure the inside of the drawer first, including the height.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy enough to stay put?", "answer": "At 0.14 kg empty it is light, so a hard knock can move it on a smooth surface. Once there are keys and a watch in it, it settles. On a glass or polished table you may want a small felt pad underneath.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery information?", "answer": "Delivery terms are set out on the store's Shipping page. Please read that page for the current details.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "Where do I find returns information?", "answer": "Returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page. Please read that page for the current details.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What does the maker say it can hold?", "answer": "A phone, watches, jewellery, keys, coins and make-up accessories. The maker describes it as a way to keep daily items together in one place.", "source": "Folding Cowhide Leather Catchall Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/leather-catchall-tray/" }, { "question": "What is this bag made of?", "answer": "The outer is 100% lambskin leather, as stated by the maker, with a cotton lining and gold-tone hardware. Lambskin is a fine, soft leather with a natural surface, so the bag feels supple in the hand. The quilted panels are stitched across the front and the back.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How big is the tote?", "answer": "It measures about 35.5 cm wide, 32 cm high and 7.5 cm deep. The handle drop is about 25 cm. That puts it in medium territory, large enough for work gear but not a weekend bag.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Will a laptop fit inside?", "answer": "The maker says it holds a laptop of up to 13 inches, and its size photo shows a 12.1 inch laptop inside. The bag is about 35.5 cm wide and 32 cm high, so measure your laptop against that before you order. There is no padded laptop pocket, so a sleeve is a good idea.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How much does the bag weigh?", "answer": "About 0.55 to 0.6 kg empty, going by the maker's figures. Most of the weight you notice will be what you put in it.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Khaki. In the photos it is a warm beige khaki with gold-tone hardware, and the matching pouch is the same colour. It is a soft neutral that works with black, navy, white and most office wardrobes.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How does it close?", "answer": "It uses a magnetic closure at the top. One push shuts it, which is quicker than a zip when your hands are full. It keeps the opening together without sealing the bag completely, so treat it as a tidy closure rather than a secure one.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is the top fully closed when shut?", "answer": "A magnetic closure holds the centre of the opening together, so the bag stays neat but is not zipped shut end to end. For crowded places, keep your phone and wallet in the inner zip pocket or the matching pouch. That is the simplest way to travel with a soft tote.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What pockets are inside?", "answer": "There is one slip pocket and one zip pocket inside the main compartment. There is also a metal hook for clipping on the included zip pouch. The maker lists two pockets and one main compartment in total.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What is the matching pouch for?", "answer": "It is a small quilted zip pouch, about 19 cm long and 12 to 13 cm high by the maker's measurements. It hooks inside the tote or goes out on its own. Use it for cards, keys, lip balm, earphones and anything else that disappears into the bottom of a bag.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I carry it on my shoulder?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists it as a shoulder bag with a handle drop of about 25 cm. The photos show it worn on the shoulder. It does not come with a long crossbody strap.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is there a crossbody strap included?", "answer": "No. This is a shoulder tote with one handle, which the photos show as a gold-tone chain threaded with leather. What you receive is the bag and the matching zip pouch.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How much can it hold?", "answer": "The maker lists a capacity of 5 kg, and says it takes a tablet, a wallet, a magazine, a phone, books and cosmetics. Avoid packing it to the limit every day, since this is a soft leather bag.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Does the quilting look the same on both sides?", "answer": "Yes, the maker says the front and the back have the same look. That means it looks right whichever way it turns on your shoulder.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is lambskin durable enough for daily use?", "answer": "Lambskin is prized for softness more than toughness, so it is best thought of as a refined everyday leather. The maker's care advice is to keep it away from sharp objects and out of direct sunlight, and to use a leather conditioner periodically.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch easily?", "answer": "Fine leathers can pick up surface marks, and lambskin is softer than cowhide. The maker advises keeping the bag away from sharp objects. Keeping pens capped and keys in the pouch prevents most problems.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How should I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a soft damp cloth and let it dry naturally, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not soak the leather or use harsh household cleaners. Spot clean as soon as something lands on it rather than letting it sit.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Do I need to condition the leather?", "answer": "Yes, the care guidance is to use a leather conditioner periodically. Conditioning keeps lambskin supple and helps it resist drying out. A small amount a few times a year is usually enough for a bag in regular use.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Keep it loosely stuffed with soft paper or a cloth so the quilted panels hold their shape, and pick a spot out of direct sun and away from damp. In humid air, a breathable cotton cover is a better choice than plastic.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for humid weather?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. Its care advice is to wipe the bag with a damp cloth, avoid direct sunlight and use a leather conditioner periodically. Store it somewhere with air flow, not sealed in plastic, and blot it dry if it gets damp.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What happens if it gets wet?", "answer": "Blot it gently with a dry cloth and let it dry at room temperature, away from heat and sunlight. Do not use a hairdryer or sit it near a vent. The maker's care advice includes using a leather conditioner periodically.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is it a good work bag?", "answer": "It is a sensible choice for office use. It takes a small laptop (see the laptop question for sizes), a notebook and a wallet without looking like a briefcase, and the quilting keeps it polished enough for meetings.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Can I travel with it?", "answer": "Yes, it works well as a personal item on a flight, with the pouch holding passport, cards and earphones. The light empty weight helps when the rest of your luggage is heavy. Pack it so the base stays flat under the seat.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Does it stand up on its own?", "answer": "The photos show a soft, slouchy shape, and the maker lists the silhouette as hobo. Expect it to relax and lean when empty. It is not a rigid, structured bag.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Who is this bag for?", "answer": "It suits anyone who wants one neutral leather bag for work, errands and travel instead of several. The size and the handle drop favour shoulder carry, and the neutral khaki goes with most wardrobes. The maker lists it for adult women.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Would it make a good gift?", "answer": "Yes, a neutral quilted tote is an easy gift because the colour and size suit most people. The matching pouch makes it feel like a set.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Is the hardware gold?", "answer": "The maker describes the hardware as gold. We call it gold-tone, because no metal content is stated. The photos show a gold-tone chain handle with a round charm, plus matching fittings. Avoid harsh cleaners near the metal.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Can the pouch be used on its own?", "answer": "Yes, the pouch has a zip closure and can be carried separately. It is useful for short trips out of the office or for keeping small items tidy inside a larger suitcase. Clip it back on the inner hook when you want everything in one place.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What does the handle look like?", "answer": "The photos show one shoulder handle made of gold-tone chain with leather threaded through it, and a round gold-tone charm hanging from one side. The handle drop is about 25 cm.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "How do I check the size before I order?", "answer": "Measure your laptop and your usual daily load against the bag's dimensions of about 35.5 cm wide, 32 cm high and 7.5 cm deep. Size is the most common mismatch with a tote, so it is worth two minutes with a tape measure.", "source": "Quilted Lambskin Leather Tote Bag with Matching Zip Pouch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/quilted-leather-tote-bag/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a rectangular leather tray, sometimes called a valet tray or catchall. You place it on a desk, console, bedside table or coffee table and drop small everyday items into it so they stay in one spot.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "Genuine leather, as stated by the maker. The finish is described as polished, and the colourway is red and black.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "It is made in Italy, as stated by the maker. The maker also says it is handmade there by Tuscan artisans.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "The outside measures 25 cm long by 15 cm wide by 4.5 cm high. The usable inner well is 21 cm by 13 cm by 4 cm deep.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The item weight is given as 0.5 kg.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will a watch fit inside?", "answer": "Yes. With an inner space of 21 x 13 cm, a wristwatch can lie flat with the strap open and still leave room beside it. Two watches fit if you place them end to end.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I keep rings and earrings in it?", "answer": "You can. The 4 cm inner depth holds small jewellery securely. If you want pieces separated from coins and keys, consider using a soft pouch inside one end of the tray.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it good as a key tray by the front door?", "answer": "That is one of its main uses. The maker classes it as an entrance tray, and the raised sides stop keys sliding off when you set them down quickly.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a desk organiser tray?", "answer": "Yes. On a desk it will take a phone, a pen, a USB drive and loose change, which keeps the working surface clear. Many people buy this style of tray specifically as a desk organiser tray.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How many items come in a pack?", "answer": "One tray per order.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Red and black. In the photos the base and the outside are red, the inner sides are black, and the stitching is a pale contrast thread.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is the shape rectangular or square?", "answer": "Rectangular. At 25 by 15 cm it is noticeably longer than it is wide, which suits a watch or a phone lying flat.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a soft cloth that is only slightly damp, then dry it right away with a clean dry cloth. Do not soak the leather or use household sprays and solvents on it.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it dishwasher safe?", "answer": "No. The maker lists it as not dishwasher safe.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it oven safe?", "answer": "No. The maker lists it as not oven safe, and there is no reason to put a leather tray near heat.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How are the corners held together?", "answer": "The photos show each corner pinched together and held by a metal press stud, with stitching along the edges.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What about humidity?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. As general leather care, keep the tray off damp surfaces, give it some airflow, and dry it straight away if anything spills.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a bathroom?", "answer": "It is better suited to a bedroom, desk or hallway. Bathrooms get a lot of steam and splashing, and standing water is the main thing that damages leather over time.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will the leather change over time?", "answer": "Real leather usually softens with handling and the surface takes on a lived-in look. That is normal for leather. The maker describes this tray as durable over time.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it stiff or floppy?", "answer": "The maker describes the construction as solid and well made. The photos show a leather tray whose sides are held up by a press stud at each corner, so it keeps its rectangular shape in use.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for coins?", "answer": "Yes, the 4 cm depth suits loose change well. Tip the coins out and wipe the inside now and then, since coins can leave marks on any surface.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a gift?", "answer": "The maker suggests it as a gift for birthdays or special occasions and says it is not aimed at any one gender. It also suits a new job or a housewarming, because a valet tray gets daily use.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch a timber surface?", "answer": "The tray is leather on the outside too, so it is a soft thing to set on wood. Still, lift the tray to move it so that grit caught underneath is not dragged across a polished finish.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it for men or women?", "answer": "Either. The maker says it is not subject to gender restrictions, and red and black suits a desk or a dressing table equally well.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What finish does the leather have?", "answer": "The maker lists the finish as polished. The photos show a grained leather surface with pale contrast stitching.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will it fit on a small bedside table?", "answer": "A 25 by 15 cm footprint fits most bedside tables with room left for a lamp or a glass. Measure your table top first if it is unusually narrow.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is this the right size for a hall console?", "answer": "It suits a console well. On a narrow console, align the long 25 cm side with the length of the table so the tray does not overhang the front edge.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What are the main uses?", "answer": "The maker lists it for organising small items, and names watches, keys, coins, jewellery, mobile phones and office bits. It suits a desk, a bedside table or a coffee table.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will a phone fit inside?", "answer": "The maker lists mobile phones among the things it holds. The inner well is 21 x 13 cm, so a phone lies flat inside, though it will cover much of the base.", "source": "Rectangular Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/rectangular-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a slim leather card holder, sometimes called a card case or minimalist wallet. It carries six cards across three slots on each side, with a centre pocket for folded notes and receipts. There is no coin zip and no fold-over flap.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How many cards does it hold?", "answer": "Six cards, one per slot. The maker says each slot can hold one or two cards, but the card holder stays flattest and looks neatest with one in each.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "It is about 12 x 9 cm and about 0.2 cm thick. That is roughly the footprint of a passport photo page, small enough to vanish in a front trouser pocket.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "About 0.02 kg, which is roughly 20 g. Loaded with six cards and a couple of notes, you still barely notice it in a pocket.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "Genuine leather, as stated by the maker, with a leather lining. The maker lists the leather type as cowhide.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it really block RFID?", "answer": "The maker states the card holder uses RFID blocking material. We pass that claim on as the maker's own and do not make any security promise about it. If this feature is important to you, judge it in use with your own cards.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Black, in a plain solid finish with no pattern or print. The photos show a pebbled grain and a small round emblem embossed in one corner.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Is there a coin pocket?", "answer": "No. The centre section is a flat pocket meant for folded notes and receipts, not loose coins. Coins would spoil the slim profile anyway, which is the whole point of the design.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it have a zip or a press stud?", "answer": "No, there is no closure. Cards sit in open slots and are held by the fit of the leather. This keeps the card holder thin and makes tapping in and out quicker.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Will cards fall out?", "answer": "There is no closure, so cards are held only by the fit of the leather slots. New leather is usually snug at first and loosens slightly with use. Avoid carrying it loose in a bag upside down.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for men and women?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists it as unisex. The plain black exterior and straight-edged shape read as neutral.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in a front pocket?", "answer": "Yes. The maker says it fits a front or back pocket. At about 0.2 cm thick it sits flat in a front trouser pocket.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I sit on it in a back pocket?", "answer": "The maker says it can go in a front or back pocket. Repeated sitting bends any leather card case over time, so a front pocket or jacket pocket will keep it looking newer for longer.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it fit in a shirt pocket?", "answer": "Yes. Because it is thin and light, it sits flat in a shirt or jacket breast pocket without pulling the fabric out of shape, which is handy in an air-conditioned office.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I keep cash in it?", "answer": "Yes, in the centre pocket, folded once or twice. A few notes fit neatly. It is not designed to hold a thick wad, so think of it as emergency cash rather than your main note store.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Will my office access card work through the leather?", "answer": "That varies by building system and card type. Many people keep their access pass in an outer slot and tap with the card facing the reader, or slide it out. Test it with your own reader before relying on it.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a business card holder?", "answer": "Yes. The maker describes it as a slim business card case as well as a card wallet. The centre pocket takes a small stack of business cards and the side slots keep your own cards separate.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it good for travel?", "answer": "It is. On a trip you usually carry one or two bank cards, a travel pass and some notes, which is exactly what this holds. Many people pack it as a second, lighter wallet alongside a bigger one left in the hotel.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Can it hold a passport?", "answer": "No. At about 12 x 9 cm it is sized for cards, not travel documents. Use a separate passport sleeve.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a dry, soft cloth. That is the maker's care instruction. Avoid soap, solvents and soaking.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What if it gets wet?", "answer": "Blot the surface with a dry cloth and let it dry naturally in a ventilated spot, away from direct heat or sunlight. Do not use a hairdryer, as fast drying can stiffen and crack leather.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How should I store it in a humid home?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. As general leather care, store it somewhere with airflow, not sealed in a plastic bag, and give it an occasional airing if it sits in a drawer for months.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Will the leather stretch?", "answer": "A little, which is normal and usually welcome. Slots loosen slightly to the shape of your cards during the first couple of weeks. Overstuffing, meaning three or more cards per slot, stretches them further than you want.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch?", "answer": "Any leather surface picks up small marks with daily use. Keeping it away from keys and coins in the same pocket helps.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "The maker suggests it as a gift for men or women who want a minimalist card holder. A plain black leather card case suits most ages, so it works for a birthday or a new job.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What does the surface look like?", "answer": "The photos show black leather with a pebbled grain, stitched edges and a small round emblem embossed in one corner. There is no print or pattern.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "How does it compare to a bifold wallet?", "answer": "A bifold holds more and weighs more. This card holder trades capacity for thinness. If you regularly carry loyalty cards, coins and receipts, a bifold still suits you better. If you tap and go, this is the leaner option.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it durable enough for daily use?", "answer": "The maker describes it as durable. It is a thin leather piece with no zip or clasp, so the wear points are the slot edges, which soften gradually with use.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What is included?", "answer": "One card holder. No accessories, keyring or coin pouch is included with this plain black design.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Slim Leather Card Holder with RFID Blocking", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/slim-leather-card-holder/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a square leather tray used to hold small personal items. Think keys, coins, a watch, rings, cufflinks or a few cards in one place. It sits on a desk, bedside table or console.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "Genuine leather. The maker states it is handmade in Italy. The maker lists the finish type as unfinished.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "The outside measures 19 x 19 x 4.5 cm. The usable inner well is 13 x 13 x 4 cm. That gives you a tidy square footprint that does not dominate a desk.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Why is the inner size smaller than the outer size?", "answer": "The walls of the tray take up the difference. The sides fold up from the base and are held at the corners, which the photos show are fastened with press studs, so the outer edge sits wider than the inner floor. The 13 x 13 cm figure is what you can actually fill.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Taupe, a soft grey-brown. In the photos the base is taupe, the inner sides are a darker brown and the stitching is a pale contrast thread.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is this a valet tray?", "answer": "Yes, that is one of the common names for it. A leather valet tray is simply a shallow tray for the things you empty from your pockets or take off at the end of the day.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a leather jewellery tray?", "answer": "It works well for rings, earrings, bracelets and a watch. The 4 cm inner depth keeps pieces contained. If you want items separated, a small pouch or cloth inside helps stop chains tangling.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will it hold a full set of keys?", "answer": "Yes. A standard bunch of house and office keys fits easily in the 13 x 13 cm well with room left over for coins or a card. It is one of the better uses for a leather key tray.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it big enough for a phone?", "answer": "Most modern phones are longer than 13 cm, so a phone will sit across the tray rather than inside the well. It is better suited to smaller items, though a phone resting on top is fine.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can it hold a watch?", "answer": "Yes. A single watch sits comfortably, and a larger case still fits within the inner well. Many people use this as a bedside tray for watches and a wedding band.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What do the inside and the outside look like?", "answer": "In the photos the inside has a taupe base panel with darker brown sides, and the outside is a brown-toned taupe. The leather has a visible grain, and pale stitching runs around the base and the top edges.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How are the corners held together?", "answer": "The photos show each corner pinched together and held by a metal press stud. The maker describes the construction as solid and the design as sturdy.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The maker states it is handmade in Italy.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it rigid or floppy?", "answer": "The maker describes it as a solid, sturdy construction that keeps items in place. The photos show standing sides held up by a press stud at each corner.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will the leather change over time?", "answer": "Leather generally softens with use. That gradual change is normal and is part of why people choose leather goods over plastic or resin trays.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a soft, slightly damp cloth, then dry it with a clean dry cloth straight away. Avoid soaking it, and never put it in a dishwasher.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I use leather cleaner on it?", "answer": "The only care instruction the maker gives is to wipe it with a damp cloth. If you choose to use a leather cleaner or conditioner, test it on a small hidden area first, such as the underside.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What if something spills in it?", "answer": "Blot the liquid with a dry cloth rather than rubbing it in, then let the tray air dry away from heat. Do not use a hairdryer or place it in sunlight to speed things up.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it dishwasher safe?", "answer": "No. The maker lists it as not dishwasher safe.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it oven safe?", "answer": "No. It is not oven safe and should be kept away from heat sources of any kind.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Does it work in a humid climate?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. As general leather care, keep it out of direct sunlight, let air circulate around it instead of sealing it in a cupboard, and wipe away any moisture.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch my desk?", "answer": "The tray is leather on the outside too, so it is a soft thing to set on a desk. Lift it to move it if your desk has a delicate lacquer or glass top, so grit underneath is not dragged across.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Can I use more than one together?", "answer": "Yes. Two or three squares line up neatly because of the even 19 cm footprint, which lets you separate keys, coins and jewellery without buying a compartment box.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for an office desk?", "answer": "It is a good fit. As a leather desk tidy it holds a USB stick, paperclips, a spare card and a pen, and the neutral taupe looks composed on camera during calls.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Is it for the home or the office?", "answer": "Either. The maker says it can be used in the office or at home, and suggests a desk, a bedside table or a table as places for it.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "How many are in a pack?", "answer": "One. Each order is a single tray.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It works well as a gift for men or women because it is useful without being personal in a risky way. A leather catchall tray suits a new home, a new job, a desk upgrade or a birthday.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What does the maker say it holds?", "answer": "Coins, keys, watches, jewellery and other small items you want to have at hand. The maker's name for it also mentions purses, mobile phones and office equipment.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "Will it fit on a narrow console or shelf?", "answer": "It needs a flat surface of at least 19 x 19 cm. Measure the spot first. On a console about 20 cm deep it will take up almost the full depth.", "source": "Square Genuine Leather Tray Organiser", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/square-leather-tray-organiser/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in this set?", "answer": "You get three brass candle holders with a polished gold finish. Each one is about 5 cm across and 3.4 cm high. Candles are not included, so you will want a packet of thin tapers to go with them.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What size candles do these take?", "answer": "They are made for thin taper candles up to 6.7 mm in diameter. That is the slim candle you often see on cakes, at the dinner table and in prayer settings. Anything thicker will not seat properly in the opening.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Will a standard dinner candle fit?", "answer": "Most standard dinner candles are around 20 to 22 mm across, which is far too wide for these holders. Stick to the slim taper type at 6.7 mm or under. If you are unsure, measure the base of your candle with a ruler before buying.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What material are they made from?", "answer": "They are made from brass, as stated by the maker, with a polished, high-gloss gold finish.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "How tall are they?", "answer": "Each holder is about 3.4 cm high, or 34 mm. They are deliberately low so they do not block the view across a table. The base diameter is about 5 cm.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "How heavy is each holder?", "answer": "Each one weighs roughly 30 g. They are small accent pieces rather than heavy weighted bases. That makes them easy to move and rearrange.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they work on a dining table?", "answer": "Their low height is their main advantage at a dining table, because nobody has to peer around a tall holder to talk. Three of them in a row down the centre gives a soft run of light. They are small, so they share the table happily with serving dishes.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Can I use them on a shelf or sideboard?", "answer": "Yes, they are tabletop holders and work on any flat, stable surface. A sideboard or open shelf suits them well, especially near a mirror. Keep a clear gap above and around any lit candle.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they come with candles?", "answer": "No, candles are not included. You choose your own thin tapers, which means you can change colour and scent whenever you like. Just check the diameter is 6.7 mm or less.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "The colour is gold, which comes from the polished brass. The maker describes the finish as high-gloss, and the photos show a bright, mirror-like yellow gold.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Will the brass tarnish over time?", "answer": "Brass naturally mellows with air and handling, and humid conditions can speed that along. Many people like the softer, aged look that develops. If you prefer the bright finish, a regular wipe with a soft dry cloth keeps it looking fresh.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "How do I clean them?", "answer": "Use a soft dry cloth for everyday dust and fingerprints. For sticky marks, a barely damp cloth works, then dry straight away. Avoid abrasive pads and harsh cleaners, as they can scratch a polished surface.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "How do I get wax out?", "answer": "Let the wax cool and harden completely first. Then lift it out gently with your fingers or a blunt edge like a plastic card. Never use a knife or metal tool, which can mark the brass.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Can I put them in the dishwasher?", "answer": "No, keep them out of the dishwasher. The heat and detergent can dull a polished brass finish quickly. Hand cleaning with a soft cloth is all they need.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for a small flat or condominium?", "answer": "They suit compact homes very well. Each holder takes up a 5 cm circle and stands only 3.4 cm tall, so even a narrow ledge works. Three small pieces are also easier to place than one large centrepiece.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they work in an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes, though cool air moving across a flame can make it flicker and burn unevenly. Set them away from the direct path of a vent or fan. A still corner of the table gives the steadiest flame.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Are these good for a prayer or altar corner?", "answer": "The maker lists a religious theme and a communion occasion, and the slim taper size matches candles often used in those settings. The low profile keeps the arrangement neat. Always place them on a stable, heatproof surface.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Can I use them for a birthday cake?", "answer": "They are table holders rather than cake toppers, so keep them beside the cake rather than on it. Thin birthday tapers will fit the openings. Grouping all three next to the cake makes a nice little display.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they pair well with marble?", "answer": "Warm brass against white or grey marble is a classic pairing, and the gloss finish here plays nicely off a matte stone surface. A marble tray with the three holders grouped on it works as a small display, and it also catches drips in one place.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they have a drip tray or wide base?", "answer": "The photos show a flat round disc base about 5 cm across with the candle cup in the centre, so the disc catches small drips. For longer burns, put a saucer or small tray underneath to keep wax off your furniture.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Can I mix them with other brass pieces?", "answer": "Yes, brass mixes well with other brass even when the finishes differ slightly. A small variation in tone usually looks collected rather than mismatched. Keeping heights varied across your pieces adds interest.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Are they stable enough for daily use?", "answer": "The wide, low shape gives a steady footing on a flat surface. Because each one is light at about 30 g, avoid placing them where they might be knocked. A tray or runner underneath adds a bit of grip.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Will they fit on a narrow console?", "answer": "Yes. Each holder needs a circle of about 5 cm, so a narrow console has room for all three. Their low height keeps the sightline clear if there is art or a mirror above.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Can I use LED taper candles instead?", "answer": "Yes, as long as the LED candle stem is 6.7 mm or less in diameter. Slim LED tapers are an option if you would rather not have a live flame on the table.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Do they get hot while a candle is burning?", "answer": "Metal conducts heat, so the holder will warm up during a burn. Let them cool before handling or moving them. Always place them on a surface that can take a little warmth.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Are they a good gift?", "answer": "A set of three brass pieces makes an easy gift because it suits most homes and most tastes. They pack small and light, which helps if you are posting them. Adding a box of slim tapers rounds the gift out nicely.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What occasions do they suit?", "answer": "The maker lists a communion occasion and a religious theme, and the product title mentions altar candles and weddings. They are plain enough for everyday use too, so dinners and quiet evenings at home all work.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What shape are the holders?", "answer": "The photos show a flat round disc base with a small vase-shaped cup rising from the centre to hold the candle. The whole holder is about 5 cm across and 3.4 cm high.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "Are the holders made by hand?", "answer": "The maker describes them as sturdy, shiny brass, handmade for everyday use.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Brass Candle Holders Set of 3 for Thin Taper Candles", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-candle-holders-set-of-3/" }, { "question": "What exactly is a chamberstick?", "answer": "A chamberstick is a low candle holder with a wide dish and a handle on the side. It was originally designed to be carried from room to room at night, which is where the name comes from. This one keeps that shape, with a 10 cm base and a looped handle.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "Brass with a gold finish, as stated by the maker. The maker lists the colour as gold antique and the finish type as polished.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "It measures 10 cm long by 10 cm wide by 5 cm high. The base is the widest part at 10 cm, and the holder stands just 5 cm tall. That makes it a low, compact piece on a table.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What size candle fits?", "answer": "The maker says a candle with a diameter of 2 cm is suitable, and lists the holder for candles up to 2 cm across. Candle widths vary between makers, so measure your candle at the base before buying.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Is a candle included?", "answer": "No. The holder is supplied on its own as a single piece. You choose the candle separately, which lets you match colour, height and scent to your room.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Will a tea light or pillar candle work in it?", "answer": "No. The socket is listed for candles up to 2 cm across. A tea light or a pillar candle is much wider than that and will not seat in the socket. Use a slim candle about 2 cm in diameter.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What is the handle for?", "answer": "The maker calls this a hand candlestick, and the looped handle at the side is for lifting and carrying the holder. We suggest moving it with the candle unlit where you can. Never leave a lit candle unattended.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it sit steadily on a table?", "answer": "The holder stands on a 10 cm base and is only 5 cm high, so it sits low and wide. The maker lists the weight as 0.212 kg and says the holder gives the candle additional stability. Place it on a flat, level surface.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it catch dripping wax?", "answer": "The photos show a wide, shallow dish around the socket, which is where drips land. Let wax cool fully before you remove it.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "How do I get the wax out?", "answer": "Let it harden completely first, then lift it out with your fingers or the edge of a blunt plastic tool. Do not scrape warm wax, and do not use a knife on the finish. A brief warm water rinse can soften stubborn bits, after which you dry the holder straight away.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Will the brass change colour over time?", "answer": "Brass can darken with time and handling. Some owners like that aged look and leave it alone. If you prefer a brighter finish, a gentle polish with a cloth suited to brass brings it back.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "How should I clean it day to day?", "answer": "A soft dry cloth is enough for most cleaning. Avoid abrasive pads, scouring powders and harsh chemical cleaners, as these can mark the polished surface. Keep it dry and store it somewhere that is not damp.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in the dishwasher?", "answer": "No. Dishwasher detergents and heat are hard on brass finishes. Hand cleaning with a soft cloth is the right approach here.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it suit a small flat or condominium?", "answer": "Very much so. At 10 x 10 x 5 cm it takes up about the same space as a coaster, so it works on a narrow console, a shelf or a bedside table. The low profile is the main advantage in a small room.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Where can I put it?", "answer": "A dining table, a sideboard, a bookshelf or a bedside table all work. The maker lists it as a tabletop piece. Because it is only 5 cm high, the holder itself does not block the view across a table. It also pairs well with stone and pale wood if you already have marble and brass pieces.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I use several together?", "answer": "Yes, and a small group often looks better than one alone on a long table. Vary the candle heights slightly so the flames sit at different levels. Each holder is sold as a single piece, so order the quantity you need.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a christening or religious gift?", "answer": "The listing records the theme as religious and the occasion as christening, so the maker has that use in mind. The plain brass form suits that setting. It also works as a general home gift.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Would it work as a housewarming present?", "answer": "Yes. It is small, useful and plain in style, so it does not assume anything about someone's colour scheme. Add a couple of 2 cm candles to make it ready to use, as no candle is included.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Does it come in other colours or finishes?", "answer": "This listing is for one version only. The maker lists the colour as gold antique and the finish as polished, and that is the piece we sell.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Is there a glass shade or hurricane with it?", "answer": "No, it is the holder alone. No shade, globe, snuffer or candle is included.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "It is listed as a tabletop item, so use it indoors on a steady surface. Any breeze will make a taper gutter and drip heavily. If you do take it onto a sheltered balcony, keep it out of wind and never leave it burning unattended.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Will the brass get hot?", "answer": "Metal conducts heat, so the socket area can warm up while a candle burns down. The handle is positioned away from the flame, but check the temperature before lifting. Let everything cool before cleaning.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "How low should I let the candle burn?", "answer": "Stop well before the flame reaches the metal socket, usually with a couple of centimetres of candle left. Burning right down heats the brass and makes wax removal harder. It is also safer for the surface underneath.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Should I put something under it?", "answer": "On a delicate or polished table, a small mat or coaster is sensible. It protects against heat and any stray wax. On most everyday surfaces the flat base sits fine on its own.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Is it a reproduction of an antique?", "answer": "It is a modern piece made in a traditional chamberstick style, which is why it is often called an antique style taper holder. The maker lists the colour as gold antique. It is a new item, not an antique.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The maker lists the weight as 0.212 kg, which is 212 g. It is a single brass piece measuring 10 x 10 x 5 cm.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What does the maker say the holder is for?", "answer": "The maker says the hand candlestick is meant to set off the candle visually and decoratively, and to give it additional stability. A candle with a diameter of 2 cm is suitable for use.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What if the candles I own do not fit?", "answer": "The socket is listed for candles up to 2 cm across. A much narrower candle will wobble and a wider one will not seat. Measure the base of your candle before you order, and buy candles about 2 cm in diameter for this holder.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What colour does the brass look in the photos?", "answer": "The maker lists the colour as gold antique with a polished finish. In the main photo on a white background it looks a pale, soft gold. In the styled photos under warm light it looks a deeper yellow gold. Expect the real piece to vary with your lighting in the same way.", "source": "Brass Chamberstick Candle Holder with Carry Handle", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/brass-chamberstick-candle-holder/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a rectangular tray made of natural marble, intended for holding and displaying small items. It works on a bathroom vanity, a dresser, a kitchen counter or a coffee table. It is sold as a single tray.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Is the marble real stone or a printed finish?", "answer": "The maker states that it is genuine natural marble, carved from a single solid block. It is stone all the way through, not a printed or coated surface.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What does one-piece carving mean?", "answer": "The whole tray, base and raised edge, is shaped from one block of stone rather than built from separate pieces. The maker says there are no glued joints or assembled sections. It also gives the tray a continuous, unbroken look.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "It measures about 30 cm long, 20 cm wide and 1.8 cm high. In inches that is roughly 11.8 by 7.9 by 0.7. That is a generous size for a vanity or counter tray.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the tray?", "answer": "It weighs about 1.5 kg. That is normal for solid stone of this size. It is easy to lift with two hands, and it is heavy enough that you will want to set it down with care.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour coffee. It is a dark brown with lighter veining running through it, and the photos show cream and tan lines over deep brown patches. Tones range across the surface because the stone is natural.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Will my tray look identical to the photos?", "answer": "No, and that is expected with natural stone. The veining pattern, its direction and the balance of light and dark areas vary from piece to piece. The overall dark brown character will match, but the details will be yours alone.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in the bathroom?", "answer": "Yes, the maker describes it as a bathroom tray. It is a common home for perfume, hand cream, cotton buds and a small dish of jewellery. Just wipe away water and product residue rather than letting it sit.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Does humidity affect the marble?", "answer": "The maker sells it as a bathroom tray, so a humid room is its intended setting. What you want to avoid is standing water or product spills left for hours. A quick wipe with a cloth handles it.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a jewellery tray?", "answer": "Yes. The maker suggests it for jewellery, and the low raised edge helps keep rings and earrings on the tray. The flat surface makes it easy to see what you have.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it to serve drinks?", "answer": "You can use it for a couple of glasses or cups on a table. Keep in mind the recommended maximum load is about 1.7 kg, so it is better suited to a small arrangement than a full round of drinks. Use coasters or a mat if you are setting down anything wet.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I put food on it?", "answer": "The maker suggests it for displaying fruit and drinks, among other things. It is a decorative and organising tray rather than a food preparation surface, so place loose food on a plate or liner first and do not cut on it.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I put hot things on it?", "answer": "The maker states that it is not oven safe, and it should not be used as a trivet for hot pans. Keep anything straight off the stove away from it.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the dishwasher?", "answer": "No. The maker states that it is not dishwasher safe. Wipe it with a damp cloth and dry it straight away.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it day to day?", "answer": "Wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth, then dry it with a clean cloth. That is the full routine for most weeks. For fingerprints on the polished top, a very lightly damp microfibre cloth works well.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What cleaners should I avoid?", "answer": "Skip bleach, vinegar-based sprays, lemon cleaners and anything abrasive. Acids can dull or etch marble, and scouring pads will scratch the polish. Plain water on a soft cloth is the safest choice.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What happens if I spill perfume or nail polish remover on it?", "answer": "Blot it up quickly rather than letting it sit, then wipe with a damp cloth. Alcohol-based products can affect a polished finish over time if left on the surface. Quick cleanup is the main defence.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch my furniture?", "answer": "Stone is harder than most tabletops, so lift the tray rather than dragging it. If you are placing it on a polished timber surface, small felt pads under the corners are a cheap safeguard. Set it down gently instead of dropping it.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can it be wall mounted or hung?", "answer": "No, it is designed to sit flat on a surface. There are no mounting holes or fittings. Treat it as a tabletop piece.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What can I realistically fit on it?", "answer": "Think a few perfume bottles plus a small dish, or a pillar candle with a matchbox, or a stack of coasters and a remote. The surface is generous without being oversized. Keep the total weight under about 1.7 kg, the maximum the maker recommends.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Does it come with anything else, like a brass stand?", "answer": "No, it is sold as one tray on its own. It sits naturally alongside brass pieces if you want to build a marble and brass decor look. Any styling items shown in photos are not included.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it good for a coffee table?", "answer": "Yes, the maker suggests it for a coffee table. It gathers remotes, candles and a small plant into one defined area. The dark stone also adds contrast on a pale table.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a modern or a traditional room?", "answer": "The maker calls the style classic, which tends to sit comfortably in both. The polished dark stone reads as modern against clean lines and as traditional beside warm timber. It is a fairly neutral piece.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Does the stone need sealing?", "answer": "The maker's care instruction is simply to wipe the tray with a damp cloth, with no sealing step. Marble is a porous stone, so the practical advice is to wipe spills promptly. If you want extra protection, a sealer sold for marble can be used at your own discretion.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Are small marks or natural lines a defect?", "answer": "Natural variation in colour, veining and tone is part of the stone and not a fault. Every block of marble carries its own markings. A genuine defect would be a crack or chip, which is different from natural veining.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "The maker suggests it as a housewarming, birthday or wedding gift. It is useful and does not depend on anyone's taste in colour schemes, and real stone has some presence when unwrapped.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I buy more than one?", "answer": "Yes. Two trays of this size work nicely at opposite ends of a long vanity or on separate side tables. Remember that each one will have its own veining pattern.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Does the tray have a raised edge?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show a low raised rim running round all four sides, carved from the same block as the base. It keeps small items inside the tray.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "How do I check it will fit my space?", "answer": "Measure the spot first, because 30 by 20 cm reads differently on a narrow shelf than on a wide counter. Cut a piece of paper to that size and lay it down to see the footprint before you order.", "source": "Dark Brown Marble Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/dark-brown-marble-tray/" }, { "question": "What is a marble ruffle bowl?", "answer": "It is a shallow round bowl carved from stone with a wavy, scalloped edge instead of a plain rim. The ruffled lip is what gives it the name, and it catches light differently as you move around it. This one is hand carved from natural marble and polished.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How big is the bowl?", "answer": "It measures about 15 cm across and 5 cm high, which the maker lists as a 6 inch size. That is roughly the width of a side plate. It is low and open, not deep.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "It is listed as white, and the photos show a plain white stone with very little veining. Marble is a natural stone, so the exact tone and any faint veining can vary from piece to piece.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Is it real marble or a composite?", "answer": "The maker states it is natural marble, hand carved, with a polished finish. That means carved stone, not a resin or composite moulding.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How much does it hold?", "answer": "The listed capacity is 1 kg. In practice that is a few pieces of fruit, a scoop of shelled nuts, or a pile of small accessories.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for fruit?", "answer": "Yes, fruit is one of the listed uses. The low sides mean air moves around the fruit and you can see what is in there at a glance, which helps you actually eat it before it turns.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can I serve food in it?", "answer": "The maker lists it as tableware for serving and storage, and names fruit as a specific use. For anything wet, oily or acidic, use a liner or a small dish inside it, since marble is porous and those things can mark the surface.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Is it dishwasher safe?", "answer": "No. The maker lists it as not dishwasher safe. Hand cleaning with a damp cloth is the recommended method.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the microwave?", "answer": "No. The maker lists it as not for the microwave. Keep it out of microwaves and ovens.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe it with a soft damp cloth, then dry it with a second cloth so no water sits on the surface. Skip bleach, descalers and strong bathroom sprays. For anything sticky, a tiny amount of mild soap on the damp cloth is enough.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What happens if lemon juice spills on it?", "answer": "Acid can dull the polish on marble if it sits, so wipe it off quickly and dry the area. A short spill that is cleaned straight away usually leaves nothing behind. This is standard behaviour for any marble surface, not a defect in the bowl.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Will my bowl look exactly like the photos?", "answer": "Close, but not identical. The photos show an almost plain white bowl. Marble is a natural stone, so the tone and any faint veining can differ a little from piece to piece. The shape and size stay the same.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Is it a good fruit bowl for a small kitchen?", "answer": "It is a sensible size for one. At 15 cm it holds a handful of fruit without taking over a narrow counter. If you buy fruit by the crate, you may want something deeper alongside it.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a key or catchall dish?", "answer": "Very well. The shallow shape means keys, coins and cards do not disappear into a well, and a stone bowl stays put when you drop things in. A console by the front door is the usual spot.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for jewellery?", "answer": "Yes. It is a good spot for rings, earrings and a watch at the end of the day. If you keep fine chains in it, a soft cloth in the base stops them scratching against the stone.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Will it scratch my furniture?", "answer": "Stone bases can mark soft timber or lacquer if dragged. Lift it rather than sliding it, and if you are placing it on a polished table, a felt pad or a small cloth under it removes the risk completely.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy?", "answer": "It is carved from marble, so expect it to feel heavier than a ceramic or glass dish of the same size. Lift it with both hands when you move it.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How many bowls come in the pack?", "answer": "One. You receive a single marble bowl, and the bowl is the only item included.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a brass tray or stand?", "answer": "No, just the bowl. It does sit nicely with brass pieces though, and many people group it with a tray or candle holder from the same category for a layered look.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Where should I put it in a flat?", "answer": "A console by the door, a sideboard, a coffee table or the middle of a dining table are the usual spots. It also works on a bathroom counter for cotton pads or small bottles. Anywhere flat, stable and away from the edge.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How does the maker describe the finish?", "answer": "The maker says the bowl is rubbed thoroughly with a special stone, which gives it a mirror finish.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can it hold a candle?", "answer": "A small candle in its own glass or metal holder is fine. Do not pour hot wax directly into the bowl, and never leave an open flame unattended.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Is it a good housewarming gift?", "answer": "It fits that brief well, and the maker lists housewarmings among the occasions it suits. A plain white stone bowl does not clash with a colour scheme and does not need to be displayed in a particular way.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What occasions is it suited to?", "answer": "The maker lists birthdays, housewarmings, New Year and weddings. It also works as a thank you gift or an office desk piece.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What shape is the rim?", "answer": "The photos show a round bowl with a deeply scalloped, wavy rim, a little like the edge of a flower. The maker also calls it a scallop bowl and a fluted bowl.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can I buy two for a pair?", "answer": "Each order is for one bowl, so order the quantity you need. Two side by side on a long sideboard looks deliberate, though natural stone means the two may differ slightly.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Will it chip?", "answer": "Marble is hard but it can chip. Dropped on a tile floor or knocked hard against another stone piece, the scalloped rim is the most exposed part. Keep it on a flat, stable surface away from the edge.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "The maker describes it as tabletop decor and a centrepiece. A covered balcony table is fine, as long as the bowl sits on a flat surface where it cannot be knocked onto a hard floor.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What is an urli?", "answer": "Urli is one of the names the maker gives this bowl. It is a traditional shallow bowl that is often filled with water and floating flowers as a table decoration.", "source": "Handcrafted Marble Ruffle Bowl", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/marble-ruffle-bowl/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this tray made from?", "answer": "It is cut from natural travertine stone. The maker also calls it natural marble, but travertine is the accurate description, which is why you see the fine banding and small surface pits typical of that stone.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "How big is the tray?", "answer": "It measures about 25 cm long, 11.5 cm wide and 2 cm high. That is roughly 9.8 x 4.5 x 0.8 inches, so it is a slim tray for a vanity, not a large serving tray.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "About 0.8 kg, as the maker lists it. That is natural stone, so expect it to feel heavier than a plastic or resin tray of the same size.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Beige. Travertine runs through warm sand and cream tones, and the exact shade varies a little from piece to piece because the stone is natural.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Is the surface shiny or matt?", "answer": "The maker lists the finish as polished and says the surface wipes clean with a damp cloth. In the photos the stone has a soft, low sheen, with the natural pits of travertine still visible.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Does it have feet?", "answer": "Yes, four small feet on the underside. The maker lists them as non-slip feet and says they protect your furniture from wear.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "How much weight can I put on it?", "answer": "The listing gives a maximum weight recommendation of 0.8 kg. Think a couple of perfume bottles, a few pieces of jewellery and a small candle, not heavy items.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Will tall perfume bottles look odd on it?", "answer": "Not at all. The 2 cm height keeps the tray low and lets taller bottles sit as the main feature, which is why it works as a stone perfume tray.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in the bathroom?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists it as a bathroom tray, a vanity tray and a decorative tray. Keep it beside the basin for soap, hand cream and a candle, and dry off splashes so water does not pool on the stone.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can it sit next to a wet basin?", "answer": "The maker lists it as a bathroom tray, so a basin ledge is a normal place for it. Standing water can leave marks on stone over time, so wipe the tray dry after splashes.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it fit on a narrow vanity ledge?", "answer": "At about 11.5 cm wide it is a slim shape to place. Measure the depth of your ledge first and leave a few centimetres clear in front of the tray.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for jewellery?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists jewellery among the recommended uses. It works as a jewellery tray for bedroom use, holding rings, studs, a watch and a bracelet so they are not scattered across the bedside table.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Will the stone mark my rings or watch?", "answer": "Stone is a hard surface, so set jewellery down gently instead of dropping it. If you are careful about your pieces, a small felt pad or a ring dish inside the tray gives them a softer place to rest.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I put a candle on it?", "answer": "Yes, a tealight or a small jar candle sits nicely on it. Keep the flame away from anything flammable nearby and never leave a burning candle unattended.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for hot dishes?", "answer": "No. The listing says it is not oven safe, and it is not sold as a trivet. The maker lists candles among the recommended uses, so a small jar candle or tealight is fine. Treat it as a decorative tray.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it dishwasher safe?", "answer": "No. The listing says it is not dishwasher safe and gives the care instruction as hand wash only.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe with a soft damp cloth and dry straight away with a clean towel. For sticky marks, a drop of mild soap in warm water is enough.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Which cleaners should I avoid?", "answer": "Avoid vinegar, bleach, citrus sprays and anything abrasive. Acidic products can etch stone such as travertine and leave a dull patch.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "What if perfume spills on it?", "answer": "Blot it quickly and then wipe with a damp cloth. Alcohol-based liquids left to sit can mark stone, so prompt attention is the main thing with any travertine tray.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Should I seal it?", "answer": "It arrives polished and ready to use. If you want extra protection on a busy vanity, a sealer sold for travertine can be applied by following the product instructions.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Are the small holes in the surface a defect?", "answer": "No. Travertine naturally forms with tiny pits and channels. They are part of the stone's character, and you can see them in the product photos.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it look exactly like the photos?", "answer": "The shape, size and finish match, but the veining and tone will differ. The maker says the natural travertine has a unique texture, so treat the photographs as a guide.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Where can I use it in a flat?", "answer": "Bathroom vanity, dressing table, bedside table or an entry console. The maker suggests the bedroom, living room, bathroom or dressing table. It also works as a catch-all tray by the door for keys, a card holder and sunglasses.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Does it suit a modern interior?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists the style as Art Deco and describes the design as simple and modern. The clean line sits happily with minimal white bathrooms, warm timber bedrooms and brass or brushed-metal fittings.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a kitchen?", "answer": "It works beside a sink for a soap pump and a small hand cream, or on a counter to corral oils and a pepper grinder. Keep it away from direct heat and heavy pans.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier gifts to get right. A housewarming stone gift like this suits someone who already has most things, because it is useful, neutral and does not clash with their decor.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Does it come in other shapes or sizes?", "answer": "This listing is for one version only: the beige tray the maker calls oval, at about 25 x 11.5 x 2 cm.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Will it mark my furniture?", "answer": "The tray sits on four small feet, which the maker says protect your furniture from wear. On very delicate timber or lacquer you can add small felt dots under the feet as well.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "What shape is the tray exactly?", "answer": "The maker calls it oval and lists the shape as an ellipse. The photos show a long tray with straight sides and fully rounded ends, like a pill shape, with a low raised rim all the way round.", "source": "Oval Travertine Vanity Tray", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/oval-travertine-vanity-tray/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a single beige ceramic vase, short and wide, covered in rows of raised round bubbles. It measures about 14 x 14 x 13 cm, which is the size M listed by the maker. One vase is included in the pack.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What is it made of?", "answer": "It is made of ceramic, and the maker states that a waterproof lining has been added inside. The exterior has a crackle finish with a raised bubble pattern.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Can I put water in it?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists holding water as a feature and states that the vase has a waterproof lining inside. That makes it suitable for fresh cut flowers as well as dry arrangements.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "How tall is it?", "answer": "It stands about 13 cm tall. That puts it in the short vase category, which is why it works well with trimmed supermarket bunches rather than long stemmed flowers.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "How wide is the opening?", "answer": "The vase body is about 14 cm across and the maker describes it as having a wide mouth. In practice that means you can drop in a small bunch and let the stems fan out on their own.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The maker gives the weight as about 0.95 kg. That is heavy enough to feel solid and stay put, but still easy to lift with one hand when you are changing the water.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Does it suit flowers that have been cut down short?", "answer": "Yes, it suits that situation. Once you trim a bought bunch, the stems are often too short for a tall vase, and a 13 cm vase with a wide mouth gives them something to lean against.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Beige. It is a warm neutral rather than a bright white or a grey, so it tends to sit well with timber, rattan and off-white walls.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What does the crackle finish look like?", "answer": "It gives the glazed surface a fine network of lines, which you can see in the photos when you look closely. The glaze is glossy, and from a few steps back the vase reads as a soft neutral piece.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Will it slip on a glass table?", "answer": "The maker lists an anti-slip base as a feature, which helps on glass, stone and polished timber. It is still worth keeping it away from the very edge of a table in a busy room.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What flowers suit it best?", "answer": "Short stemmed blooms with rounded heads work beautifully, so think ranunculus, roses cut down, carnations, small hydrangea heads or peonies. Thin stemmed flowers also look good because the wide mouth lets them spread.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Can I use dried flowers instead?", "answer": "Yes, and it is a good match. Dried stems, bunny tails, preserved eucalyptus and small pampas arrangements all sit well in a wide mouthed vase of this height.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Does it work with artificial flowers?", "answer": "It does. The maker notes it is suitable for both fresh and artificial stems, and no water is needed if you go the faux route.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Is one vase enough, or should I buy two?", "answer": "One works well as a single accent on a bedside table or bookshelf. A pair of short vases looks good at either end of a console or sideboard if you want a bit more presence.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What rooms does it suit?", "answer": "The maker lists it for indoor use and mentions bedroom as a room type. In practice it also works in a living area, on a dining table, in a study or on a hallway console.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Can I put it outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "It is listed for indoor use, so that is what we would recommend. Constant sun, rain and heat are hard on any glazed ceramic over time.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a minimalist flat?", "answer": "Yes. A neutral tone and a simple round form keep it quiet, which is what you want when you have a pared back scheme. The raised bubbles add texture without adding colour.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the inside?", "answer": "Rinse with warm water and a drop of mild detergent, then swirl it out. A soft bottle brush helps with any residue left by flower food or stems.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the dishwasher?", "answer": "We would avoid it. The maker does not say it is dishwasher safe, and hand washing is kinder to a crackle finish.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "How often should I change the water?", "answer": "Every two or three days keeps fresh flowers looking better for longer. Give the inside a quick rinse each time you refill it.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Will the crackle finish stain over time?", "answer": "Keeping the inside rinsed and the outside wiped dry is the best prevention. Avoid leaving old flower water sitting in it for a week, as that is what causes marks in any vase.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What should I avoid using on the outside?", "answer": "Skip scouring pads, bleach and strong abrasive cleaners. A damp soft cloth and a dry buff afterwards is all it normally needs.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Is it fragile?", "answer": "It is ceramic, so it will chip or break if dropped onto a hard floor. The maker describes it as thicker than a glass vase, but it still deserves careful handling.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Does it come with flowers?", "answer": "No. The included components are listed as one medium bubble vase, so flowers and any filler are not part of the pack.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. The maker suggests it for birthdays, weddings, engagements and housewarmings, and a neutral vase is an easy gift for someone whose taste you do not know well.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for pens or small items instead of flowers?", "answer": "Nothing stops you. A short wide vessel works on a desk for pens and brushes, or on a dressing table for makeup brushes, as long as you keep it dry.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "Will it match white or cream interiors?", "answer": "Beige sits next to both without clashing. Against bright white it reads warm, and against cream it blends in more softly.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What are the delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What are the exact dimensions again?", "answer": "The maker gives the size as about 14 cm long by 14 cm wide by 13 cm high, which is its size M. Weight is about 0.95 kg.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for my space when it arrives?", "answer": "The returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page. It helps if you can tell us whether the issue is size, colour or condition, since that sometimes points to a better alternative in the range.", "source": "Beige Bubble Ceramic Vase (Medium)", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-bubble-ceramic-vase/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the box?", "answer": "You receive two beige ceramic vases, each with a hole through the middle. They are sold as a set of 2.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What are the vases made of?", "answer": "They are made of ceramic with a matt finish, as stated by the maker.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What size are they?", "answer": "The maker gives a single size of 17.3 x 14.3 x 28.3 cm for the set, so we do not quote a size for each vase.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Are both vases the same size?", "answer": "No. The product photo shows one larger vase and one smaller vase. The maker gives one size only, 17.3 x 14.3 x 28.3 cm, so treat that as the guide for the set.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What does hollow mean here?", "answer": "Each vase has a hole through the middle of the body, which is what gives the pair their sculptural outline. The photos show a narrow round neck at the top of each vase for stems.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I put water and fresh flowers in them?", "answer": "The maker says fresh flowers or dried flowers can go inside. Fill carefully, keep the water level low and wipe any spills off the outside straight away.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Are they better suited to dried flowers?", "answer": "Dried stems are a very easy match. The maker suggests pampas grass, feathers, dried flowers and artificial flowers. The necks look narrow in the photos, so a few slim stems per vase works well.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will pampas grass work in these?", "answer": "Yes, the maker suggests it. The necks look narrow in the photos, so use a few slim plumes per vase. The soft plume shape sits naturally against a matt beige body.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "Beige, a solid neutral tone with no pattern.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will the beige match my existing decor?", "answer": "Beige is one of the easiest neutrals to place because it sits well with white, cream, timber, rattan, black metal and most greys. If your room already leans warm, it will blend in quietly rather than compete.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Is the finish shiny or matt?", "answer": "The finish is matt. It absorbs light rather than reflecting it, which keeps the surface looking soft from most angles.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Does a matt surface show fingerprints?", "answer": "Matt ceramic generally hides fingerprints far better than a high gloss glaze. A quick wipe with a dry cloth is usually all it needs.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Where do people usually put them?", "answer": "Common spots are a console table, a coffee table, a sideboard, an open shelf, a bedroom chest of drawers or an entryway cabinet. They suit shelf decor where you want height without bulk.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I use one on an office desk?", "answer": "Yes, and splitting the pair is a sensible way to use the set. One at home and one at the desk gives you two placements from one set.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do I have to display them together?", "answer": "Not at all. They look deliberate as a pair, but they also work perfectly well in separate rooms.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What style of room suits them?", "answer": "The maker describes the style as bohemian and modern. That means they fit relaxed, neutral, layered interiors as comfortably as clean minimal ones.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do the two vases fit together?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show the smaller vase sitting through the hole of the larger one, and the maker says the two can be placed in flexible combinations.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will they tip over easily?", "answer": "They are oval, table top pieces intended to sit on a flat surface. As with any tall vase, place them away from edges and avoid loading very tall, top-heavy stems on an unstable surface.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I put them outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "They are listed as table top home decor, so indoors is the intended home. Constant sun, rain and wind are not kind to decorative ceramic.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How do I clean them?", "answer": "Wipe the outside with a soft dry or barely damp cloth. Skip scouring pads, abrasive powders and strong chemical cleaners, which can dull a matt surface.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the inside after fresh flowers?", "answer": "Rinse with cool water, use a soft bottle brush if there is residue, then let the inside dry fully before storing or refilling. Leaving water sitting for long periods is the main cause of staining in any vase.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Can I wash them in a dishwasher?", "answer": "We would not. These are decorative matt ceramic pieces, and hand cleaning is the gentler approach.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "How many stems will each vase take?", "answer": "The neck of each vase looks narrow in the photos, so think a few stems per vase: two or three branches, or a small spray of pampas or dried flowers.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Will tall stems look out of proportion?", "answer": "A good rule is to keep stems roughly one and a half times the vase height for a balanced look. Shorter, fuller arrangements also work if you want a low profile on a coffee table.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Do they suit a bedroom?", "answer": "The maker names bedroom as a room type. A pair on a dresser or bedside chest adds height and softness without taking much surface area.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "Are these a good gift?", "answer": "Yes. The maker names baby showers and birthdays as occasions, and a neutral ceramic pair is an easy housewarming gift because it does not clash with someone else's colour scheme.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What is the surface like to touch?", "answer": "The maker describes a frosted feel with a matt finish.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What does the maker suggest putting in them?", "answer": "Pampas grass, feathers, dried flowers and artificial flowers. The maker says fresh flowers can go in too.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What about delivery and returns?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right for my space once they arrive?", "answer": "Try them in two or three different spots before deciding, since height and scale read very differently on a low coffee table than on a tall shelf. If they still do not suit your room, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Beige Hollow Ceramic Vases, Set of 2", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/beige-hollow-ceramic-vases-set-of-2/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a single decorative flower vase made from ceramic porcelain. It stands about 25.4 cm tall and about 10.7 cm across, with a round shape that tapers towards the top, finished in a solid light gold with a frosted matte surface.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How tall is the vase?", "answer": "It measures about 25.4 cm in height. That is roughly the height of a standard A4 sheet stood on its long edge, which gives you a quick way to picture it on a shelf.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How wide is it?", "answer": "The maker gives it as about 10.7 cm across. In the photos the base is the widest part. It takes up about the same space as a large mug.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What material is it made from?", "answer": "Ceramic porcelain, as stated by the maker. The outside carries a frosted matte finish rather than a high shine.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Is the finish glossy or matte?", "answer": "Matte. The maker describes it as a frosted touch, so the surface diffuses light instead of reflecting it, which keeps it from looking shiny under bright ceiling lights.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Light gold, in a solid pattern with no print or motif. In the photos it is a soft gold with a brushed, matte look rather than a mirror shine.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can it hold water?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists holding water as a feature, so fresh cut flowers are fine. Always check for seepage on a first fill by standing it on a cloth for an hour.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for dried flowers?", "answer": "Yes. The maker says it suits dry or artificial flowers as well as fresh ones. Dried stems need no water at all, so you simply arrange and leave them.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it work with artificial flowers?", "answer": "Yes. The ceramic body is opaque, so it hides the stems of faux flowers. Add a few glass pebbles at the base if you want the stems to sit more firmly.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for pampas grass?", "answer": "It can. For pampas grass you want height and a steady base. This vase is 25.4 cm tall and weighs about 0.74 kg empty, so keep to a modest bunch of slim plumes.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How many pieces are included?", "answer": "One vase. It is a single piece, so if you want a pair or a staggered set you need to order more than one.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "About 0.74 kg empty. Adding water and stems will increase that noticeably, so lift it with two hands once it is full.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy enough to be stable?", "answer": "It weighs about 0.74 kg empty, and in the photos the base is the widest part of the vase. That helps for everyday use, though like any tall ceramic piece it should sit away from table edges and busy walkways.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Where does it suit best in a home?", "answer": "The maker suggests living room, bedroom, shelf and dining room placements. It also works on an entry console or a desk, and it is a sensible living room table vase because it adds height without blocking sightlines.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a small flat?", "answer": "Yes. At roughly 10.7 cm across it takes very little surface area, which makes it practical for a compact condominium where counter and shelf space is limited.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it suit modern interiors?", "answer": "The maker gives the style as modern, and the plain solid colour and clean tapered shape make it a straightforward minimalist ceramic vase. It also sits comfortably alongside timber, rattan and linen.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in an office?", "answer": "Yes. Its size suits a desk or a meeting room credenza, and because it holds water you can keep fresh stems or simply leave a few dried pieces in place.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How many stems fit inside?", "answer": "That depends on stem thickness. The photos show a small bunch in it. Resist overfilling, since a modern flower vase looks better when the stems have room to settle.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Is the mouth wide or narrow?", "answer": "The maker lists a wide mouth as a feature. In the photos the vase tapers, so the opening is a little narrower than the base. It takes a small bunch comfortably.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a bud vase?", "answer": "You can, though it is taller and wider than a classic porcelain bud vase. A single large stem or branch looks striking in it if you want that minimal effect.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the inside?", "answer": "Hand wash with warm water and a drop of mild detergent, using a soft bottle brush for the base. Rinse well and let it air dry completely before putting it away.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the dishwasher?", "answer": "We would not recommend it. Hand washing is the gentler choice for a matte finish.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I stop water marks forming inside?", "answer": "Change the water every couple of days and give the inside a quick rinse each time. If a faint ring appears, a little warm water with white vinegar left to sit will usually lift it.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Will the matte surface mark easily?", "answer": "Matte finishes can show fingerprints and greasy marks more than gloss ones. A soft, slightly damp cloth and a dry buff afterwards keeps it looking clean.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in a bathroom?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists the bathroom as one of the rooms it suits. It is fine on a bathroom shelf or vanity. Just keep it away from the edge where it could be knocked.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a gift?", "answer": "It is a sound choice as a housewarming gift because it is useful and the neutral light gold suits most homes. The maker lists birthdays, housewarmings, New Year, Valentine's Day and weddings as suitable occasions.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it for a wedding table?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists weddings as a suitable occasion. A row of matching pieces makes an effective wedding table vase run down a long table, though you would need to order several.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What shape is it?", "answer": "A tall, round vase that tapers from a wider base to a narrower opening, as the photos show. The maker gives the size as 10.7 x 10.7 x 25.4 cm.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What are the delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for my space?", "answer": "If the size, tone or finish does not work once you see it in the room, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Light Gold Ceramic Vase 25 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/light-gold-ceramic-vase-25-cm/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a single tall ceramic vase in white, standing about 51 cm high. It is designed to sit on the floor in a corner or beside furniture, though it also works on a wide console or sideboard. Flowers and stems are not included.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How tall is it?", "answer": "Roughly 51 cm from base to rim. The maker says sizes are measured by hand, so allow a centimetre or two either way.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How wide is the base?", "answer": "About 8 cm across. That small footprint is part of the appeal, because it slots into narrow gaps that a wide urn-shaped vase could never fit.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How big is the opening?", "answer": "The opening measures around 5 cm. It is narrow by design, which holds tall stems upright and keeps a bunch looking gathered rather than loose.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use fresh flowers in it?", "answer": "Yes. The maker states that this white vase holds water, so fresh stems are fine. Fill it partway rather than to the brim so it stays stable and easy to move.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "What material is it made from?", "answer": "Ceramic, with a brushed finish on the outside. Ceramic gives it weight and a solid feel, while the brushed surface keeps the white soft rather than glossy.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "What does a brushed finish look like in person?", "answer": "It has a subtle texture across the surface instead of a mirror shine. The photos show fine horizontal lines running around the vase, and light falls on it softly.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it suit a living room corner?", "answer": "It suits that job because of the height and the small base. A 51 cm piece fills a corner visually without taking up much actual floor. Pair it with tall branches to push the total height even further.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it work in a small flat?", "answer": "Yes, and arguably better than a bulky vase. The 8 cm base means you can tuck it beside a sofa leg, next to a shoe cabinet or at the end of a sideboard without blocking a walkway.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "What should I put in it?", "answer": "Anything with long, fairly straight stems. Pampas grass, dried palm, eucalyptus, bare branches, lilies, gladioli and single orchid spikes all suit it. The maker suggests long-stemmed flowers, pampas grass, decorative branches and dried flowers, and the narrow opening holds stems upright.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How many stems will it hold?", "answer": "With a 5 cm opening, expect a modest bunch rather than a full florist arrangement. Many people use three to seven tall stems. Overfilling a narrow neck makes the whole thing look crowded.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it come with flowers?", "answer": "No. You receive one vase and nothing else. Any flowers, grasses or branches shown in photos are styling only.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it stable, or will it tip over?", "answer": "The narrow base means you should place it thoughtfully. On a flat, level surface with water inside or a weighted arrangement, it sits well. Keep it out of high-traffic walkways and away from spots where it might get knocked.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I weight it down for extra stability?", "answer": "Adding water helps, and so does a small amount of clean sand or pebbles in the bottom if you are using dry stems. Add weight gently and avoid dropping anything hard down the neck.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it scratch floors or furniture?", "answer": "The maker notes a non-slip sticker on the underside intended to stop it sliding and to protect the surface beneath. Still, lift rather than drag it when you move it.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a modern interior?", "answer": "Yes. The maker gives the style as modern, and the shape is a clean, slim column with a gentle waist. Plain white works with minimalist, Japandi, coastal and contemporary schemes without competing with anything else in the room.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it work in an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes. It is an indoor decorative piece, and it needs no special care in an air-conditioned room.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Is this a good office piece?", "answer": "It is. A tall vase with a few dried branches is a low-maintenance way to soften a reception area or a meeting room corner. It needs no water and no upkeep if you go dry.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the inside?", "answer": "Rinse with warm water after fresh flowers, then let it drain and air dry completely. For stubborn residue, a long bottle brush reaches down the narrow neck. Avoid strong bleach-based cleaners.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I clean the outside?", "answer": "Wipe with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it straight away. Skip scouring pads and abrasive powders, since they can dull a brushed finish over time.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a dishwasher?", "answer": "Hand washing is the sensible approach for a decorative ceramic piece of this size and shape. Dishwasher racks are not designed for a 51 cm vase, and the heat and detergent cycle is unnecessary for something you only need to rinse.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does the water leave marks inside?", "answer": "Over time mineral residue can build up with fresh flowers, as it does in any vase. Change the water every couple of days and give it a rinse between arrangements to keep the inside clear.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors on a balcony?", "answer": "It is designed as an indoor decorative item. If you do use it in a sheltered outdoor spot, keep it out of direct sun and wind, and bring it in before heavy rain. A tall, narrow vase is easily blown over.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a home with children or pets?", "answer": "Treat it as breakable ceramic. Place it where a running child or a swinging tail will not catch it, such as beside a sofa arm rather than in an open doorway. Many people stand it behind a chair leg for extra protection.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. White is neutral, the height makes it feel like a proper present rather than a token, and it suits housewarmings, weddings, birthdays and anniversaries. Pair it with a bunch of dried stems if you want it to look finished on opening.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I buy two for a matching pair?", "answer": "Yes, and a pair either side of a console or entryway looks deliberate. If you do, vary the stem heights slightly between them so it feels styled rather than symmetrical to the millimetre.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I style it so it does not look empty?", "answer": "Aim for stems that reach roughly one and a half times the vase height, so around 70 to 80 cm of visible stem above the rim. A few tall, airy pieces read better than a dense bunch in a narrow neck.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Does the white vary between items?", "answer": "Ceramic and brushed finishes can show very slight variation from piece to piece, and screens render white differently. Expect a clean, soft white rather than a stark clinical one.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "Are the measurements exact?", "answer": "They are close approximations. The maker describes the vase as handmade and says sizes are measured by hand, so allow 1 to 2 cm either way.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for my space?", "answer": "Measure the gap you have in mind before it arrives, allowing for stems above the rim. If the proportions still do not suit once you see it in the room, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Tall White Ceramic Floor Vase 50 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/tall-white-ceramic-floor-vase-50-cm/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a single decorative vase in a round, farmhouse-style shape. The maker lists the material as terracotta ceramic with a textured, speckled surface, finished in plain white. It is sold on its own, not as a set.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "How tall is it?", "answer": "It stands about 15.3 cm tall. The body is roughly 12.7 cm wide and 12.7 cm deep, so it is a compact, rounded shape rather than a tall slim one. Dimensions are measured by hand, so expect very small variation.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "About 0.65 kg. That is heavy enough to feel settled on a shelf and not tip at the slightest knock, but light enough to pick up and move with one hand while you dust.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What is the material?", "answer": "Ceramic. The maker specifically describes it as terracotta ceramic with a particle, or speckled, surface design. The finish type is listed as unfinished, which is what gives the outside its matte, slightly textured look.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Is the surface smooth or rough?", "answer": "Textured. The maker describes a particle surface design, so the outside has a fine speckled grain where a glossy vase would be smooth. That texture is deliberate and it is a large part of why the piece reads as rustic.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "White. The speckling in the surface means it is not a flat, uniform white, so it tends to read as a soft, chalky off-white in warm light. That makes it easier to pair with cream, linen and natural timber tones.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I put water and fresh flowers in it?", "answer": "The finish is listed as unfinished, so for peace of mind use a small glass or plastic water insert inside the vase, or stick to dried and faux stems. If you do use water directly, test it first on a protected surface and stand it on a coaster.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it good for dried flowers?", "answer": "Yes. The narrower neck on a rounded body holds dried stems upright so they do not splay, and the matte white sets off the warm tones of dried grasses nicely.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Will pampas grass work in it?", "answer": "Short pampas works well. Because the vase is only about 15.3 cm tall, very long plumes will look top-heavy, so trim them to around two to three times the vase height for a balanced shape.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "How many stems does it hold?", "answer": "As a rough guide, three to seven short stems, depending on thickness. A small bunch of dried wheat or a few faux eucalyptus branches fills it without looking stuffed. Less is usually better with a vase this size.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Where does it look best in a flat?", "answer": "Open shelving, a console by the entrance, a sideboard, a dining table or a bedside. In an air-conditioned living room it is a quiet way to break up a long shelf of books or frames.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it suit a small apartment?", "answer": "Very much so. A 15.3 cm piece adds character without taking up much surface space, which helps in a flat where every shelf and tabletop is already in use.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it match my decor?", "answer": "Plain white is about as flexible as decor gets. It works with boho, coastal, Scandinavian, Japandi and plain modern rooms. If your palette is mostly neutral already, it adds texture; if your room is colourful, it gives the eye a place to rest.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I use it without flowers?", "answer": "Yes. Left empty it reads as a small sculptural object. Pair it with a stack of books or a small bowl and you have a finished arrangement.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it a set of two or three?", "answer": "No. This is one vase, sold singly. If you want a grouped look, buy two or three and vary what goes in each, or mix it with vessels in different heights.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I buy a matching larger or smaller size?", "answer": "This page is for the white vase at about 12.7 x 12.7 x 15.3 cm only. If you want a grouped look, pair it with vessels of different heights so small differences in tone or texture look deliberate.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it fragile?", "answer": "It is ceramic, so treat it as breakable. It is sturdy in normal use on a shelf or table, but a drop onto tile or stone will likely chip or crack it. Keep it away from the edges of surfaces in busy walkways.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "How do I clean it?", "answer": "Wipe the outside with a soft dry cloth, or a barely damp one for stubborn dust. Avoid scouring pads and strong cleaners, since the textured surface can trap residue. Rinse the inside with lukewarm water only if needed, then let it dry fully.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the dishwasher?", "answer": "The maker gives no dishwasher guidance, and the finish is listed as unfinished, so we suggest keeping it out of the dishwasher, the microwave and the oven. Wipe it by hand and use nothing hotter than lukewarm water.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Does dust build up in the texture?", "answer": "A little, as with any matte surface. A soft brush, like a clean makeup or paint brush, lifts dust out of the grain in a few seconds. Doing that every couple of weeks keeps the white looking fresh.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Will it mark my furniture?", "answer": "An unfinished base can leave light scuffs on soft timber or lacquer. A felt pad or small coaster underneath solves it, and also makes the vase easier to slide when you are rearranging a shelf.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Does humidity matter for this vase?", "answer": "The maker makes no claims about humidity. As with any vase, avoid leaving standing water inside it for long periods, and dry the interior after any rinse so nothing lingers.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable as a wedding gift?", "answer": "Yes. The maker lists weddings, anniversaries, housewarmings, birthdays and New Year as suggested occasions. A neutral white vase is a low-risk gift because it does not force the recipient into a colour scheme.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What makes it a good housewarming present?", "answer": "New homes usually need surface decor before anything else. A piece like this is useful on day one, it is easy to wrap, and plain white does not force a colour scheme on the person receiving it.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Can I pair it with other vases?", "answer": "Yes, and it usually looks better that way. Odd-numbered groupings with varied heights work well. Mix this with a taller slim vessel and a low bowl for a shelf arrangement that looks considered rather than lined up.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Where should I put it in a home with children or pets?", "answer": "It is a hard ceramic object, so place it where it cannot be knocked off by a tail or a curious hand. High shelves and the middle of a sideboard are better than a low side table in a busy room.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Does it come with flowers or stems?", "answer": "No. Only the vase is included. Any flowers, grasses or branches shown in styling images are there to show scale and are not part of the order.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What does the maker suggest using it for?", "answer": "The maker lists two uses: decoration and holding flowers. It also lists the living room as the room type, though a vase this size sits just as easily on a bedside table, a console or a dining table.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read those pages for the current details.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What if it does not suit my space?", "answer": "Try it on a different surface first, since scale reads very differently on a shelf and on a dining table. If it still does not work, the Refunds & Returns page explains the returns terms.", "source": "White Rustic Ceramic Vase 15 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/white-rustic-ceramic-vase-15-cm/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a 400 g scented candle in soy wax, held in a frosted glass jar that fades from white to blue. The scent is eucalyptus and lavender. The photos show two wicks and a wooden lid.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How big is the candle?", "answer": "The glass measures 9 cm wide and 11 cm tall. The candle weighs 400 g, which is 14.1 oz.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How long will it burn?", "answer": "The maker states a burn time of up to 80 hours. Real burn time depends on how long each session lasts, how well you trim the wick and how much air moves across the flame.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What is the wax made from?", "answer": "Soy wax. The maker states that it is paraffin free.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How many wicks does it have?", "answer": "The photos show two wicks burning side by side. The maker's written details give a wick quantity of one, so the two do not agree. We describe what the photos show and note the difference here.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What does eucalyptus and lavender actually smell like?", "answer": "Eucalyptus is sharp and green, a bit like a steam room. Lavender rounds it off with a softer herbal note, so the overall effect is fresh rather than sweet or floral-heavy.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Is the scent strong?", "answer": "The maker describes it as highly scented, so expect it to be noticeable rather than subtle. In a small, closed, air-conditioned room a shorter burn may be all you want.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Will it work in a small flat?", "answer": "Yes. A 9 cm candle is well suited to a bedroom, study or living area in a flat or condominium. If anything, you may find a shorter burn is plenty in a compact room.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in a bathroom?", "answer": "Yes, as long as there is a flat, heat-safe surface away from towels, shower curtains and anything that could catch. Eucalyptus is a popular bathroom scent for obvious reasons.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it with the air conditioning on?", "answer": "Yes, but keep it away from the direct airflow of a vent or fan. Moving air pushes the flame to one side, which causes uneven burning and marks on the glass.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How do I get an even burn the first time?", "answer": "On the first light, leave it burning until the melted wax reaches the edge of the glass all the way around. That usually takes a few hours and sets the pattern for every burn after it.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What is tunnelling and how do I avoid it?", "answer": "Tunnelling is when the wick burns straight down and leaves a ring of unused wax on the sides. A full first melt pool and burns of about three to four hours are the usual way to prevent it.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Should I trim the wick?", "answer": "Yes, to roughly 5 mm before each burn. An untrimmed wick gives a tall flickering flame, more soot and a shorter overall life.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How long should each burn be?", "answer": "Around three to four hours is a good range. Longer sessions overheat the glass and can make the wick mushroom, which is the usual cause of black marks on the container.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "When should I stop burning it?", "answer": "Stop when about 1 cm of wax is left at the base. Burning past that point puts too much heat into the bottom of the glass.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What scent notes does the maker give?", "answer": "The maker's scent chart shows eucalyptus, armoise, spice and lavender as top notes, ozonic, melon and rose notes in the middle, and patchouli, musk, moss and woody notes at the base.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Why does the wax look a bit uneven or frosted on top?", "answer": "Soy is a natural wax and can develop a slightly crystalline surface or a small dip as it cools. It is cosmetic and does not affect how the candle burns or how it smells.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the glass when the candle is finished?", "answer": "Many people do. Once the last of the wax is removed and the glass is washed, it makes a tidy holder for brushes, clips or tealights.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How do I clean out the empty glass?", "answer": "Let any remaining wax set, then lift it out with a blunt knife or soften it with warm water around the outside of the glass. Finish with warm soapy water and dry thoroughly.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "How should I store it between uses?", "answer": "Keep it covered or in a cupboard, out of direct sunlight and away from heat. Sunlight can fade the look of the wax over time, and warm storage softens the surface.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Is this candle suitable as a gift?", "answer": "It is an easy gift to get right. Eucalyptus and lavender is a familiar pairing, the jar looks neat on a shelf, and a 400 g candle feels substantial in the hand. The maker also presents it as a gift.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Is it a good housewarming present?", "answer": "Yes. A housewarming candle works when it suits any room and does not clash with existing decor. A herbal scent in a blue and white glass jar is an easy fit for most homes.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it outdoors?", "answer": "The maker states that it is for indoor use. Outdoors the flame is at the mercy of any breeze, which wastes wax and makes the burn uneven.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries?", "answer": "No. It is a traditional wax candle with a wick and no electronic parts.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it in a home with pets or children?", "answer": "Treat it like any open flame and keep it well out of reach of pets and children. A knocked candle is the main risk, so choose a stable surface and never leave it burning in an empty room.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn two candles in the same room?", "answer": "You can, though with a candle this size one is usually enough for an average room. Two of the same scent in a small space can be more than you want.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What colour is the wax and glass?", "answer": "The photos show a frosted glass jar that fades from white at the top to blue at the base, with a pale wax and a light wooden lid. The jar is printed with the maker's label and the scent name.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a lid?", "answer": "The photos show a light wooden lid alongside the jar. A lid is useful between burns because it keeps dust off the wax.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Is the candle hand poured?", "answer": "The label on the jar says hand poured. The maker gives the wax as soy and states that it is paraffin free.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Eucalyptus Lavender Soy Candle 400 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-lavender-soy-candle-400-g/" }, { "question": "What does this candle actually smell like?", "answer": "The maker names the scent Eucalyptus Sage and describes it as fresh. The maker's scent card in the photos lists green tea, petitgrain, lemon and eucalyptus at the top, nutmeg, rose, honey and fruity notes in the middle, and floral, peach and cedar notes at the base, with eucalyptus in all three layers. So expect eucalyptus first, with some floral and fruity sweetness behind it.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Is this a pure soy candle?", "answer": "No. It is a soy blend candle, made from soy wax combined with high-melting-point palm oil. We describe it that way on purpose so you know exactly what you are buying.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Why blend soy with palm wax?", "answer": "The maker says the candle is carefully blended from soy wax and high-melting-point palm oil. That is why we call it a soy blend candle and not a pure soy candle.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Does it contain paraffin?", "answer": "No. The maker states the candle is free from paraffin. The wax is a blend of soy wax and palm wax, and the wick is cotton.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How big is the jar?", "answer": "The glass measures 9.9 cm wide and 11.3 cm high. That is a comfortable size for a bedside table, a bathroom shelf or a desk corner without dominating the surface.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How much wax do you get?", "answer": "The candle holds 290 g, which is about 10.2 oz. That sits in the standard medium range for a jar candle rather than being a small travel tin or an oversized multi-wick.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How long will it burn?", "answer": "The maker states a burn time of up to 55 hours. Actual burn time varies with how long each session lasts and whether there is moving air nearby, so treat 55 hours as the maker's upper figure.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How many wicks does it have?", "answer": "One. A single cotton wick is the right match for a 9.9 cm diameter jar, and it should carry the melt pool out to the glass wall without needing a second flame.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What should I do on the first burn?", "answer": "Let it burn until the melted wax reaches the edge of the glass all the way round, usually two to three hours. That first melt pool sets the pattern for every burn afterwards and helps avoid a tunnel down the middle.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What is tunnelling and how do I avoid it?", "answer": "Tunnelling is when the flame digs a narrow well and leaves a thick ring of unused wax against the glass. It happens when early burns are cut short. Give the first burn enough time and keep later burns at least a couple of hours.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Should I trim the wick?", "answer": "Yes, trim to about 5 mm before each burn. A long wick makes a taller, flickery flame that produces more soot and burns through wax faster. Small nail scissors or a wick trimmer both work.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Why does my candle smoke sometimes?", "answer": "Usually the wick is too long, or there is a draught moving the flame. Trim the wick, move the jar away from fans and air-conditioning vents, and the flame should settle into a steady point.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Is it strong enough for a large room?", "answer": "The maker recommends a moderately sized space and says to avoid strong ventilation so the scent stays concentrated. A bedroom, a study or a bathroom fits that advice. In a very large open-plan space you may want two candles placed apart.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes. The maker advises avoiding strong ventilation, so keep the jar well away from the vent itself. Direct airflow pushes the scent out of the room and makes the flame burn unevenly.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Is it a sensible size for a small flat?", "answer": "Yes. One single-wick jar of 290 g suits a bedroom or a study, and the maker recommends using it in a moderately sized space.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "It is listed for indoor use. Outside, even a light breeze will make the flame flare and the wax burn down on one side, and the scent will simply drift away.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How long should each burn session be?", "answer": "Aim for two to four hours. Under two hours risks an uneven melt pool, and much over four hours lets the glass get hotter than it needs to be. Let it cool fully before relighting.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "When should I stop burning it?", "answer": "Stop when roughly 10 mm of wax remains in the bottom. Burning past that point puts too much heat into the base of the glass.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Where should I place it while it burns?", "answer": "Treat it like any open flame. Keep it on a flat, stable, heat-resistant surface, out of reach of children and pets, and never leave it burning unattended or in an empty room.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Can I put a lid on it?", "answer": "The photos show the jar with a matching green lid. Only cover the candle once the wax has cooled and hardened completely. A cool cover helps keep dust off between burns.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How do I clean out the jar at the end?", "answer": "Soften the last wax with warm water, lift it out along with the wick tab, then wash the glass with warm soapy water and dry it. You are left with a small green tumbler that is genuinely useful.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What can I reuse the glass for?", "answer": "Makeup brushes, pens, hair clips, cotton buds, paperclips, or a plant cutting in water. The maker describes the vessel as reusable.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Does it work in a bathroom?", "answer": "Yes. A fresh eucalyptus scent suits a bathroom well. Keep the jar on a dry, stable shelf away from the shower spray and any towel that could swing into it.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What is the fragrance made with?", "answer": "The maker says the candle is infused with essential oils. The scent name is Eucalyptus Sage.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A 290 g scented candle in glass is a well-understood gift size, the green jar looks tidy without wrapping fuss, and a fresh eucalyptus scent is an easy one to give.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "Who is this scent for?", "answer": "People who like fresh, green scents. Eucalyptus leads, and the maker's scent card also lists rose, honey, peach and other floral and fruity notes, so it is not a purely herbal candle.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What is the candle made of?", "answer": "The maker lists soy wax blended with high-melting-point palm oil, a cotton wick and essential oils for the fragrance, in a glass jar. It is a soy blend candle, not pure soy.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What does the jar look like?", "answer": "The photos show a green glass jar with a gold-coloured oval badge on the front and a matching green lid. The jar is 9.9 cm wide and 11.3 cm high.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What type of candle is it?", "answer": "It is a container candle in a glass jar with one wick, listed for indoor use. The maker lists the style as modern and the theme as botanical.", "source": "Eucalyptus Sage Soy Blend Candle 290 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/eucalyptus-sage-soy-blend-candle-290-g/" }, { "question": "What does this candle smell like?", "answer": "It is scented with honeysuckle and jasmine, a floral scent. One of the maker's photos lists the notes as bergamot, orange, pineapple and leafy greens at the top, jasmine, lilac, honeysuckle and ylang ylang in the middle, and musk and sugared woods at the base.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How big is the candle?", "answer": "It holds 320 g of wax, which is 11.3 oz. The maker calls it a medium candle. The listing gives the item dimensions as 13 cm wide by 16 cm high.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How long will it burn?", "answer": "The maker states a burn time of up to 60 hours. Actual burn time varies with how long you light it each session, how well you trim the wick and whether it sits in moving air.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What is the wax made from?", "answer": "Soy wax, as stated by the maker. The label on the tin reads 320 g, 11.3 oz.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How many wicks does it have?", "answer": "One. The listing gives a wick quantity of one, so there is a single wick to trim before each burn.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Is the container glass or tin?", "answer": "It is a printed tin, which the maker describes as sturdy. The photos show a pale blue tin with a floral print, a white band around the middle and a lid.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the tin afterwards?", "answer": "Yes. The maker says the tin can be reused after the candle is finished, for example to store small items like jewellery or stationery. Clean the inside with warm soapy water and dry it fully first.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How do I get the last of the wax out of the tin?", "answer": "Let the tin cool completely, then scrape out the remaining wax with a blunt knife or spoon. Any stubborn film usually lifts after a few minutes with hot water poured in and left to sit. Wash with washing-up liquid and dry it well before reusing.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes. The maker suggests the living room or the bedroom. It is listed for indoor use. Always put the candle out before you go to sleep or leave the room.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Will it work in a small flat or condominium?", "answer": "Yes. It is a single-wick candle listed for indoor use, and the maker describes it as compact. Place it on a stable, heat-resistant surface away from the air conditioning vent and any fan.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "It is listed for indoor use. Moving air makes a candle burn unevenly, so keep it on an indoor surface away from fans and vents.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Does it work in an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes, but placement matters. Keep the candle away from the air conditioning vent and out of the direct path of any fan, because moving air pushes the flame sideways and causes tunnelling. A sheltered corner of a shelf or table is better than a spot in the draught.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What is tunnelling and how do I avoid it?", "answer": "Tunnelling is when the candle burns a narrow hole straight down the middle and leaves a ring of unused wax around the edge. It usually starts with a first burn that was too short. Let the melted wax reach the edge of the tin on the first burn and the candle should burn evenly afterwards.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How long should the first burn be?", "answer": "Long enough for the melted wax to spread right out to the edge of the tin, which can take a few hours. This helps stop a tunnel forming later. Do not rush it, but also do not leave it burning unattended.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How often should I trim the wick?", "answer": "Before every single burn. Trim it to about 5 mm with scissors or a wick trimmer. An untrimmed wick gives a tall, flickering flame and more smoke.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Why is my candle producing black smoke?", "answer": "Nearly always because the wick is too long or the candle is sitting in a draught. Put the flame out, let it cool, trim the wick back to 5 mm and move the candle away from any fan or vent.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How long should I burn it in one session?", "answer": "Around three to four hours is a good upper limit. Beyond that the tin gets hotter and the wick can start to mushroom. Let the wax cool and set before you light it again.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "When should I stop using the candle?", "answer": "Stop once there is roughly 10 mm of wax left in the base. Burning it below that point puts a lot of heat into the bottom of the tin and into whatever surface it is standing on. That is also the right moment to clean the tin out for reuse.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it burning overnight?", "answer": "No. Never leave any lit candle unattended, and always put it out before you sleep or leave the room. This applies to every candle regardless of wax type or container.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What surface should I put it on?", "answer": "A flat, heat-resistant surface such as a tiled counter, a stone coaster or a ceramic plate. Avoid putting it directly on wood, painted finishes or anything that might mark. Keep it well clear of curtains, paper and anything that could catch.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What about pets and children?", "answer": "Treat it like any open flame. Place it high enough that it cannot be knocked over by a tail or a reaching hand, and never leave it burning in a room where it is unsupervised. The tin gets hot during and after burning.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Does the tin get hot?", "answer": "Yes, the tin heats up while the candle burns and stays warm for a while after. Do not pick it up by the sides while it is lit or recently extinguished. Use the base, or move it only once it is cool.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How should I put it out?", "answer": "A snuffer is the tidy option, since blowing it out can scatter hot wax and send up a stream of smoke. If you blow, do it gently from a short distance. Let the tin cool before you put the lid back on.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It works well as one. The maker describes the printed tin candle as a gift for birthdays, anniversaries and holidays. The tin presents nicely with just a ribbon, and the container stays useful after the wax is gone.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What occasions suit this as a present?", "answer": "Housewarmings, birthdays, thank-you gifts, Mother's Day and the sort of occasion where you want something thoughtful but not overly personal. It also works as a small gift between friends. A floral candle in a printed tin is an easy choice when you do not know someone's taste in detail.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn more than one in the same room?", "answer": "You can. Keep each candle on its own heat-resistant surface, well apart from the other, and away from draughts. Never leave either one burning unattended.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "How should I store it when I am not using it?", "answer": "Keep it somewhere cool and out of direct sunlight, with the lid on. Heat and sun can soften the surface of the wax and fade the scent over time. A cupboard or shelf away from a window is ideal.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Does the tin come with a lid?", "answer": "The photos show a lid that fits the top of the tin, in the same pale blue as the tin with a silver edge. Keep the lid on between uses to keep dust off the wax.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What is included?", "answer": "One candle in its printed tin, as listed. The photos show a lid for the tin. No batteries are included or needed, since this is a wax candle with a wick.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Honeysuckle Jasmine Soy Candle 320 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/honeysuckle-jasmine-soy-candle-320-g/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a scented container candle made from soy wax, in a frosted glass jar with a black screw-top lid. The jar holds 550 g of wax, which is 19.4 oz, and it uses two cotton wicks. The fragrance is roasted coffee.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How long does it burn?", "answer": "The maker states 90 to 110 hours of burn time when the candle is properly cared for. The real figure depends on how long you burn it each time, how well you trim the wicks, and how much air movement there is around the jar.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Why does it have two wicks instead of one?", "answer": "A wide jar needs more than one flame to melt the wax right out to the glass. Two wicks spread the heat across the surface so the pool stays level, and the maker says it uses two for an even burn. It also reduces the chance of a deep tunnel forming in the middle.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What does roasted coffee smell like in a candle?", "answer": "The maker lists coffee, maple, caramel and milk as top notes, spice, clove and cinnamon in the middle, and vanilla, cream and a sweet note at the base. Expect a café-style coffee with some sweetness rather than the sharp smell of fresh grounds.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How big a room does it suit?", "answer": "The maker recommends rooms smaller than about 33 square metres. That covers most living rooms, bedrooms and home offices in a flat or condominium. In a larger open-plan space the scent will still be present, just lighter.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Is the wax soy?", "answer": "Yes. The maker's title describes it as a soy wax candle, and the label on the jar reads 100% natural wax. The wax weight is 550 g.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What are the wicks made of?", "answer": "Cotton. The maker describes them as flat braided cotton wicks with paper running through them for stiffness. There are two, and both should be trimmed before each burn.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How do I get the first burn right?", "answer": "Light both wicks and leave the candle burning until the melted wax reaches the edge of the glass all the way round. In a jar this wide that usually takes a few hours. Doing this once sets the pattern for every burn afterwards.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What happens if I blow it out too early on the first burn?", "answer": "The candle can form a memory ring, meaning it keeps melting only within that smaller circle. Over time that leaves a wall of unused wax on the glass. You can sometimes correct it by running a longer burn with both wicks lit.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How often should I trim the wicks?", "answer": "Before every single burn. Take them down to roughly 5 mm. A long wick gives a tall, flickering flame that produces more soot and burns through the wax faster.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What do I trim the wicks with?", "answer": "Small scissors work, though a wick trimmer is easier inside a deep jar because the angled blade reaches the base cleanly. Remove the trimmings from the wax pool before lighting so they do not act as extra wicks.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Why is the glass going black?", "answer": "Usually the wicks are too long, or the candle is sitting in a draught. Both make the flame flicker and produce soot. Trim to 5 mm, move the jar away from air conditioning vents and fans, and wipe the cooled glass with a dry cloth.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How long should I burn it in one sitting?", "answer": "Around four hours at a time is a sensible limit. Beyond that the glass gets hotter, the flames can grow, and the wicks start to lean. Let the jar cool fully before relighting.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it outdoors?", "answer": "The maker states that it is for indoor use. Outdoor air movement would make the flames unstable and blow the fragrance away almost immediately.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Does it work in an air conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes, and that is a common setting for it. Just keep the jar well away from the vent so the cold airflow does not push the flame around or scatter the scent. Somewhere low and central, like a coffee table, works better than a high shelf near the unit.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable as a gift?", "answer": "It works well as one, and the maker suggests it for birthdays and similar occasions. There is no size or colour to choose, the coffee theme is easy to read, and the jar with its black lid presents neatly.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Does the jar come with a lid?", "answer": "The photos show a black screw-top lid. Keeping the lid on between burns keeps dust off the wax.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Will the smell be too strong?", "answer": "The maker says its scents are meant to enhance a space rather than overpower it. If it feels strong, burn it in a larger room, or burn it for a shorter stretch and put it out.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes, with the usual care. Keep it away from bedding and curtains, set it on a hard, heat-safe surface, and put it out before you go to bed. Never leave it burning in an empty room.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "When should I stop burning it?", "answer": "Stop once roughly 10 mm of wax is left in the bottom. Burning past that heats the base of the glass directly, which is a risk you do not need to take. The little bit of wax left is a fair trade.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the glass jar?", "answer": "Many people do. Once the candle has finished, let it cool, then remove the last of the wax and wash the jar in warm soapy water. It makes a reasonable holder for pens, brushes or small items.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How do I get the last wax out of the jar?", "answer": "Pop the cooled jar in the freezer for an hour or so and the wax usually contracts enough to lift out in pieces. Alternatively, pour a little hot water in, let the wax float, and lift it off once set. Do not pour melted wax down a sink.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries?", "answer": "No. It is a real wax candle with cotton wicks, so there is nothing electrical involved.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What does the jar look like?", "answer": "The photos show a frosted glass jar in a soft peach-beige tone, with a white printed label on the front and a black screw-top lid. It is a tall, straight-sided jar with a wide mouth.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How many candles do I get?", "answer": "One. This page is for the single 550 g jar with two wicks.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for someone sensitive to strong scents?", "answer": "We make no claim that it suits people with scent sensitivities. The maker says its scents are meant to enhance a space rather than overpower it. If you are unsure, start with a short burn in a well ventilated room and see how you find it.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it with the windows open?", "answer": "You can, but a cross breeze makes the flames flicker and will carry the scent straight out. For a steadier burn, close the windows, turn off nearby fans, and let the room settle.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "How should I store it when not in use?", "answer": "Keep it somewhere cool and out of direct sunlight, with the lid on. Heat and light can soften the wax surface and fade the fragrance over time. A cupboard or a shaded shelf is fine.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "Is it a sweet scent?", "answer": "Yes. The maker files it under gourmand and sweet, and the jar label describes a latte with caramel and cinnamon. If you want a dry, bitter coffee smell with no sweetness, this is not that candle.", "source": "Roasted Coffee Soy Candle 550 g, Two Wick Glass Jar", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/roasted-coffee-soy-candle-550-g/" }, { "question": "What exactly is included in this set?", "answer": "You get four scented soy wax candles. Each one is a separate glass jar with its own fragrance, and each weighs 255 g. The total across the four is 1,020 g. The photos show a black lid with each jar.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What are the four scents?", "answer": "Pink Beach, Island Moonlight, Midsummer Dream and Lavender Fields. The maker describes Pink Beach as coconut, vanilla and tropical fruits, Island Moonlight as coconut with a fresh sea feel, Midsummer Dream as lavender with woody sage and cedar wood, and Lavender Fields as lavender and amber.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Is the wax really 100% soy?", "answer": "The maker states the candles are made from 100% soy wax, not a soy blend. We pass on the maker's statement and do not make our own claim about the formulation.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How long will these candles burn?", "answer": "The maker states up to 200 hours of burn time across the full set. That is a combined figure for all four jars, not per candle. Actual burn time depends on how long you light each one and whether the flame is exposed to draughts.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How big is each jar?", "answer": "Each jar is 7 cm wide and 8.8 cm tall. That is a small, compact size that fits on a bedside table, a bathroom shelf or a desk. It is not a large bowl-style candle.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How many wicks does each candle have?", "answer": "One wick per candle. A single wick gives a smaller, steadier flame than a multi-wick jar. For a 7 cm diameter jar, one wick is the usual arrangement.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Will one candle scent a whole room?", "answer": "Each candle is a 255 g jar with one wick, a size that suits a small to medium room. In a large open-plan space expect a softer effect, or light two at once. Air conditioning moves the scent around faster, which also thins it.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these suitable for an air-conditioned flat?", "answer": "Yes, they are intended for indoor use and work fine in cooled rooms. Just keep the jar away from the direct airflow of a vent or a fan, because moving air pushes the flame to one side and makes the wax melt unevenly. A spot on a side table away from the vent is better than one directly beneath it.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I use these with a candle warmer lamp?", "answer": "Yes. The maker suggests pairing the candles with a candle warmer lamp. A warmer melts the top layer of wax with heat and light instead of a flame, which releases the scent without burning the wick. Check that your lamp's bulb height suits an 8.8 cm jar.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What is the first burn and why does it matter?", "answer": "On the very first use, let the candle burn long enough for the melted wax to reach the edge of the jar all the way round. Soy wax has a memory, and if the first burn leaves a ring of hard wax at the edge, future burns tend to tunnel down the middle. Allowing two to three hours on the first light usually sorts it.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Should I trim the wick?", "answer": "Yes. Trim it to roughly 5 mm before each burn. A long wick gives a tall, flickering flame that burns through wax quickly and can leave soot on the inside of the glass.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Why is my candle producing black smoke?", "answer": "Almost always it is a wick that has grown too long, or a draught from a fan or an open window. Blow it out, let the wax set, trim the wick back and move the jar somewhere stiller. If the glass has sooted up, wipe the inside with a dry cloth once it is cool.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "When should I stop burning a candle?", "answer": "Stop when about 1 cm of wax is left in the bottom of the jar. Burning past that point lets heat build up in the glass. It is a simple rule for any jar candle.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How long should I burn one at a time?", "answer": "Two to four hours is a sensible stretch. Shorter than that and the wax may not melt fully across the surface. Much longer and the wick tends to mushroom, which is when you start getting soot.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the jars?", "answer": "Yes, and plenty of people do. Once the candle is finished, pour just-boiled water into the jar to loosen the leftover wax, let it set, lift the disc out and wash the glass with warm soapy water. The empty jars make decent holders for cotton buds, hair ties or small stationery.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Are these a good housewarming gift?", "answer": "They are one of the easier choices. A scented candle gift box does not need sizing, it suits almost any home, and four fragrances means the recipient is likely to find at least one they come back to. The matching jars also look intentional when the box is opened.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Would this work as a gift for someone who already has candles?", "answer": "Usually yes, because candles get used up. Someone who likes candles tends to run out rather than accumulate too many. A set of four 100% soy wax candles gives them a few months of stock rather than a single jar.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Is this set more for men or for women?", "answer": "The maker lists it for both men and women. The four scents cover a reasonable spread, from sweet and tropical to lavender and woody, so it is not aimed at one audience. Midsummer Dream, with its sage and cedar wood notes, is the one to reach for when you want something less sweet.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I light these in a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes, and the jar size suits a bedside table. Lavender Fields and Midsummer Dream are the two lavender scents in the set. Always put the candle out before you leave the room or go to bed.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What colour is each candle?", "answer": "The photos show pink wax for Pink Beach, lilac for Lavender Fields, teal for Island Moonlight and black for Midsummer Dream. Each sits in a clear glass jar with a picture label that names the scent.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I burn these outdoors?", "answer": "They are listed for indoor use. An open-sided balcony or corridor will have enough air movement to make the flame flicker and the wax melt unevenly, and the scent simply blows away. Keep them inside.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How should I store the candles I am not using yet?", "answer": "Keep them somewhere out of direct sunlight, with the lid on. Heat can soften soy wax and strong sun can fade the surface over time. A cupboard or a drawer is fine.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Does soy wax look different from paraffin?", "answer": "It often does. Soy wax tends to be softer, more opaque and can develop a frosted or slightly uneven surface as it cools. That frosting is normal for soy and does not affect how the candle burns or smells.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Why does the wax surface look bumpy after burning?", "answer": "Soy wax rarely resets perfectly flat. It cools at different rates across the surface, so you get small dips and ridges. It makes no difference to the next burn.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Can I combine scents by lighting two at once?", "answer": "You can, though it works better with the related pairs. Midsummer Dream and Lavender Fields sit well together because both are lavender-led. Pink Beach and Island Moonlight both carry coconut, so they also pair neatly. Mixing a sweet tropical with a lavender can get muddled.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Is there a lid with each candle?", "answer": "The photos show each jar with a black screw-top lid. Once the wax has cooled and hardened, put the lid on between burns to keep dust off.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What do the jars look like?", "answer": "The photos show four clear glass jars of the same shape, each with a picture label naming its scent and a black lid. Each jar is 7 cm wide and 8.8 cm tall.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What occasions does the maker suggest?", "answer": "The maker presents the set as a gift and names Valentine's Day and Mother's Day among the occasions. It also suits a housewarming, a birthday, a bridal shower or a thank you.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "Which scents are the least sweet?", "answer": "Going by the maker's notes, Midsummer Dream (lavender, sage and cedar wood) and Lavender Fields (lavender and amber) carry no coconut, vanilla or fruit, so they are the less sweet pair.", "source": "Soy Candle Gift Set, 4 Scented Candles, 1020 g Total", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/soy-candle-gift-set-4-pack/" }, { "question": "What is this product exactly?", "answer": "It is a single scented candle, made with 200 g of soy wax and one cotton wick, poured into an amber glass jar. The scent is vanilla and truffle. You get one candle per pack.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How long will it burn?", "answer": "The maker states about 40 hours of burn time. Actual burn time varies with how long you light it each session, how well you trim the wick and whether it sits in moving air.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What does vanilla and truffle smell like?", "answer": "The maker describes the vanilla scent as warm, sweet, rich and creamy, with soft undertones like caramel or custard and a hint of earthiness. The label on the jar reads Black Vanilla & Truffle.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What does the label on the jar say?", "answer": "The cream label on the front of the jar reads Black Vanilla & Truffle, with the words Home Fragrance below it. The maker's own name is printed above that.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How big is the jar?", "answer": "The glass measures about 7.2 cm across and 9.3 cm high. That is small enough for a bedside table or a bathroom shelf.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How much does it weigh?", "answer": "The item weight is listed as 430 g. That includes the glass jar as well as the 200 g of wax inside it.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What is the wax made from?", "answer": "It is soy wax, as stated by the maker. The jar holds 200 g of wax, which is 7 oz.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What kind of wick does it have?", "answer": "A single cotton wick, as stated by the maker. The listing gives a wick quantity of one.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Can I reuse the glass jar?", "answer": "You can. Once the wax is used up and the leftover residue is removed, wash the glass in warm soapy water. It makes a handy little pot for pens, cotton buds, hair ties or small change.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Can I use it outdoors?", "answer": "It is listed for indoor use. Moving air makes a flame flicker and burn unevenly, so keep it inside.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Will it work in an air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes, and that is a common setting for it. Just keep it out of the direct path of the air flow. A candle sitting under a vent will burn unevenly.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Why do I need to trim the wick?", "answer": "A long wick produces a tall, unsteady flame that can soot the inside of the glass. Trimming to about 5 mm before each burn keeps the flame small and steady.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What is a first burn and why does it matter?", "answer": "On the first light, leave the candle burning until the melted wax reaches the edge of the glass all the way around. Soy wax has a memory, so if the first pool is narrow the candle may tunnel down the middle and waste wax around the sides.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How long should each burn session be?", "answer": "Around three to four hours is a good range. Shorter than that and the wax pool may not reach the edge, longer and the glass can get quite hot. Let the jar cool completely before you light it again.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Why is my candle smoking?", "answer": "Any candle can smoke if the wick is too long or if it is burning in a draught. Put the flame out, let it cool, trim the wick to about 5 mm and move the jar to a still spot.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Can I leave it burning overnight?", "answer": "No. Never leave any lit candle unattended, and always put it out before you sleep or leave the room. This applies to every candle, not just this one.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "When should I stop using it?", "answer": "Stop burning when about 1 cm of wax remains at the bottom. Below that the heat sits too close to the base of the glass. That last layer can be removed and the jar reused.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How do I get the last of the wax out of the jar?", "answer": "Pop the jar in the freezer for an hour, then the hardened wax usually lifts out with gentle pressure from the back of a spoon. Wipe out the residue with a paper towel, then wash the glass in warm soapy water.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "The maker describes it as a gift for birthdays, Valentine's Day and Mother's Day. The amber glass looks tidy on a shelf and it does not need much space. One of the maker's photos shows the jar beside a black box.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Would it work as a housewarming present?", "answer": "Yes. The amber jar, black lid and cream label are plain enough to sit in most rooms, and the listing gives the style as minimalist. It is also something the new owner can use straight away.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it in a bedroom?", "answer": "Yes. It is listed for indoor use and the jar is small enough for a bedside table. Keep it on a stable, heat-resistant surface away from bedding and curtains, and put it out before you go to sleep.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a bathroom?", "answer": "Yes. At about 7.2 cm across, the jar fits on a narrow shelf. Keep it away from towels and anything that could catch, and never leave it burning when you leave the room.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Can I burn it while I work?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists the office among its uses. On a desk, keep it clearly to one side and away from paper, cables and anything that could be knocked over. Never leave it burning unattended.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Does it need batteries or anything else?", "answer": "No. It is a traditional wax candle with a cotton wick. Batteries are not included and are not required. You only need a lighter or a match.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How should I store it when I am not using it?", "answer": "Keep it somewhere cool and out of direct sunlight. Strong heat and sun can soften the surface of soy wax and fade the scent over time. A cupboard or shaded shelf is fine.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Will the surface of the wax look perfectly smooth?", "answer": "Soy wax often sets with a slightly uneven or frosted surface, especially after a burn and a cool-down. That is a normal characteristic of the wax and not a fault. It has no effect on how the candle burns or smells.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The listing gives the colour as beige. The photos show an amber glass jar with a black lid and a cream label. The listed style is minimalist.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Does it come with a lid?", "answer": "The photos show a black screw-top lid on the jar. Put it back on once the glass is completely cool to keep dust off the wax between uses.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "How many wicks does it have?", "answer": "One. A single wick means one wick to trim and one flame to watch. Trim it to about 5 mm before each burn.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Vanilla and Truffle Soy Candle in Amber Glass, 200 g", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/vanilla-soy-candle-in-glass/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a beanie hat knitted from 100% cashmere in a three-ply yarn, made in Scotland as stated by the maker. It comes in a plain green, in one unisex adult size, with a ribbed pull-on fit.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What does three-ply cashmere actually mean?", "answer": "Ply refers to how many fine strands are twisted together to make the yarn before it is knitted. A 3 ply cashmere beanie uses three strands, so the finished fabric is denser and springier than a single-ply knit. That extra body is what you feel as warmth and structure.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is it really 100% cashmere?", "answer": "Yes, the material is listed as 100% cashmere with no blended fibres. The maker states pure cashmere in a 3 ply yarn.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The maker states it is made in Scotland. Scotland has a long history of knitting cashmere, and this is a plain ribbed hat in that tradition.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "It is one size, designed for adults and listed as unisex. The ribbing has medium stretch, so it adapts to a range of adult head sizes rather than sitting at a fixed measurement.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a larger head?", "answer": "The medium-stretch ribbing gives it a reasonable amount of give, which is how a one size cashmere hat usually works. If you normally find knitted hats tight, pull it on from the back of the head forward rather than stretching it sideways.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for both men and women?", "answer": "Yes. The department is listed as unisex and the shape is a plain beanie with no gendered detailing. A solid green ribbed hat tends to read the same way on anyone.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Green. The pattern is solid with no stripes, logos or motifs, which is what makes it an easy plain green beanie to pair with other things.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "How warm is it compared with a wool hat?", "answer": "Cashmere fibres are finer than standard sheep's wool, so a cashmere knit feels softer than a typical wool one. A three-ply yarn adds density on top of that. The maker describes the fabric as medium weight and sells the hat for keeping your head warm.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Does it feel itchy?", "answer": "Cashmere is known as one of the softer natural fibres, because the individual strands are very fine. Many people who find coarse wool scratchy find cashmere more comfortable on the forehead. Comfort is personal, so it will not be the same for everyone.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is it waterproof?", "answer": "No. The maker states it is not water resistant. Treat it as a warmth layer rather than rain protection, and let it dry flat if it gets damp.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it in a hot, humid climate?", "answer": "Not as an everyday item outdoors, no. It makes much more sense for heavily air-conditioned offices and meeting rooms, overnight flights and trips to colder countries. A soft beanie like this is easy to keep in a bag for exactly those moments.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "Yes, it suits flights well, because cabins often run cold and a hat is a quick way to feel warmer. It folds flat into a bag or coat pocket. You can also pull it down a little if the cabin lights stay on.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Will it pack without being ruined?", "answer": "Yes. Fold it flat rather than screwing it into a ball, and it recovers quickly when you put it on. Knitted ribbing has a natural spring that most woven items do not.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The care instruction is hand wash or dry clean only. For hand washing, use cool water with a mild wool or cashmere detergent, swirl gently, and never rub or wring. Press out the water between towels, reshape, and dry flat.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in the washing machine?", "answer": "No. The listed care is hand wash or dry clean only, and machine agitation can felt cashmere permanently. Even a wool cycle carries real risk with a pure cashmere knit.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "No. Heat and tumbling will shrink and felt the fibre. Always dry flat on a towel, away from direct heat and sunlight.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Why does cashmere bobble?", "answer": "Short fine fibres naturally work their way to the surface with friction, especially where the hat rubs against a coat collar or hair. This is normal for pure cashmere rather than a defect. A simple fabric comb or cashmere comb removes bobbles in a couple of minutes.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and store it flat in a drawer or box rather than hanging it, so the ribbing does not stretch out. Keep it clean before long storage, since moths are drawn to body oils and residues. An airtight box or bag with a cedar block works well.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Will it stretch out over time?", "answer": "Ribbed knits are designed to recover, and the three-ply yarn helps the fabric hold its shape better than a thin single-ply hat. Avoid pulling hard on the brim when you take it off, and let it rest flat between wears.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Does it shrink?", "answer": "It should not, if you follow the care instructions. Shrinkage with cashmere almost always comes from hot water, agitation or tumble drying. Cool water and flat drying keep the dimensions stable.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it over long hair?", "answer": "Yes. The stretch in the ribbing accommodates hair tied back or loose, though a very high bun will push the crown up. Many people simply wear it slightly further back on the head.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "It works well as a gift because one size removes the sizing problem, and a plain green beanie suits most wardrobes. A pure cashmere accessory makes a considered present without being flashy. It is a sensible pick for someone who travels or works in a cold office.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Does it come gift wrapped?", "answer": "The maker does not mention gift wrapping. You receive one green cashmere beanie on its own.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "How many items are included?", "answer": "One. You receive a single green cashmere beanie.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Is there a logo or branding on the outside?", "answer": "The maker describes it as plain with a solid pattern, and the photos show a clean ribbed hat with a turn-up cuff and no visible logo or motif on the outside.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "How does it compare with a merino beanie?", "answer": "Merino is generally the harder-wearing fibre, while cashmere is finer and softer. If softness matters most for travel and cold indoor rooms, cashmere is the usual choice. If you want something for rough daily use, merino is the tougher option.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it under a hood or helmet?", "answer": "It is a plain, close-fitting beanie, so it should sit under most coat hoods. Under a hard helmet it will compress and may bobble faster where it rubs, so that is a trade-off worth knowing.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What is the delivery and returns process?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "If the fit or colour does not suit you, the store's Refunds & Returns page sets out the returns terms. If you simply want a different style, our other cashmere and merino accessories include scarves, shawls and socks.", "source": "3-Ply Scottish Cashmere Beanie", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-beanie-3-ply-scotland/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this product?", "answer": "It is a black two ply cashmere shawl, hand made in Nepal from 100% cashmere, as stated by the maker. It measures 188 x 70 cm with a 10 cm hand-twisted fringe at each end and weighs about 200 g.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "What does two ply mean?", "answer": "Two ply means the yarn is made from two strands twisted together before the cloth is made. The result is a denser cloth than single ply, with more body and drape.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is this a shawl or a scarf?", "answer": "The maker calls it a shawl, and the 70 cm width makes it function as one when worn open across the shoulders. That said, at 188 cm long you can fold it lengthways and wear it as a large scarf, which is how a lot of people use it day to day.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Black. The pattern is solid, with no stripe or print.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "It measures 188 x 70 cm, with a 10 cm hand-twisted fringe at each end. It is one size.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "About 200 g, as stated by the maker. That is light enough to carry in a tote or a cabin bag.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is cashmere too warm for a hot, humid climate?", "answer": "Outdoors, you would not reach for it. Indoors is a different story, and that is where it earns its place. Air-conditioned offices, meeting rooms, restaurants and cinemas are where a lightweight cashmere shawl gets used most in a warm country.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Will it work on a long flight?", "answer": "Yes. At 70 cm wide it covers the shoulders or the lap, and at about 200 g it adds little to your cabin bag. Aircraft cabins are one of the main places a shawl like this gets used.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a travel blanket?", "answer": "Over the lap and knees, yes. It is not a full blanket, but at 188 x 70 cm it covers the lap, and it is yours rather than shared.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough for a trip somewhere genuinely cold?", "answer": "As a layer, yes. The maker describes it as lightweight and warm for cold evenings. For deep cold you would wear it with a coat rather than instead of one, wrapped at the neck or over the shoulders under outerwear.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Does it pill?", "answer": "All cashmere can pill a little in the first weeks, mostly where it rubs against bag straps or coat collars. If pills appear, lift them off gently with a cashmere comb rather than pulling.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How should I wash it?", "answer": "Hand wash or dry clean. For hand washing, use cool water and a wool-safe detergent, press rather than wring, then reshape and dry flat away from direct heat.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a washing machine?", "answer": "The stated care is hand wash or dry clean, so a machine is not recommended. Cashmere fibres are fine and can felt or stretch under agitation.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How often does it need washing?", "answer": "Not after every wear. Airing it after use and spot cleaning small marks will usually see you through several wears between washes.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it flat in a drawer or on a shelf. Hanging stretches the fabric over time. In a humid climate, keep it somewhere dry and let it breathe rather than sealing it in plastic.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Does it come with care instructions?", "answer": "Yes. Care instructions are included with every order, along with the labels.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How is it packaged?", "answer": "It arrives brand new with labels, in a gift box. That makes it straightforward to give as a present without needing to rewrap it.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It is an easy gift to choose. One size, a solid black, and a gift box already included. A handmade cashmere pashmina suits birthdays, farewells and thank-you gifts equally well.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Who is it aimed at?", "answer": "The maker lists it for women, though the size and solid black colour are not gender specific. Plenty of men use a large cashmere wrap on flights and in cold offices.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is there a size range?", "answer": "No. It is one size, 188 x 70 cm. Because it is a wrap rather than a fitted garment, that single size works across a wide range of body types.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "What is the fringe like?", "answer": "Each end has a 10 cm hand-twisted fringe. It is twisted by hand rather than cut or machine finished, which gives the ends more weight and a softer look.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Will the fringe tangle?", "answer": "Twisted fringes hold together better than loose ones. If strands get knotted, separate them gently with your fingers while the shawl is flat. Avoid combing or brushing them.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is it reversible?", "answer": "It is a solid black cloth with no printed side, so both faces look the same. You can wear it either way round without thinking about it.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it with formal clothes?", "answer": "Yes. Worn open across the shoulders it reads as an evening cashmere wrap, which is why it works over a dress at a restaurant where the air conditioning is set low.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "How do I style it for the office?", "answer": "Fold it lengthways into thirds and loop it once at the neck for a tidy look, or leave it open over a blazer when the room gets cold. Black keeps it neutral against most work wardrobes.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Does cashmere feel scratchy?", "answer": "Cashmere fibre is finer than ordinary sheep's wool, which is why most people find it soft against the neck. The maker describes this shawl as very soft, in 100% cashmere.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable all year round?", "answer": "Yes, the maker gives the season as all year round. In Singapore that means air-conditioned rooms and travel rather than outdoor wear.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Does it have a clasp or fastening?", "answer": "No. It is a single open piece of cloth with no closure. You wrap, drape or loop it. You receive one shawl.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "The maker states it is hand made in Nepal.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "If the size, weight or colour does not suit once you see it in person, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Two Ply Cashmere Shawl, Handmade in Nepal, 188 x 70 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-shawl-2-ply-nepal/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a knitted pashmina-style scarf or wrap for women, made from 100% cashmere according to the maker. It is a single solid colour, lavender, with no pattern. It is intended to be worn over the shoulders or wound around the neck.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What is it made from?", "answer": "The maker states 100% cashmere. The yarn is knitted rather than woven, which gives the fabric a soft drape and a small amount of give. No other fibre is named by the maker.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Lavender, a soft purple. The pattern is solid, so there is no stripe, check or print. It reads as a quiet colour rather than a bright one.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "We are not stating a size, because the maker's own listing is not consistent. One place quotes 150 x 75 cm and another quotes 175 x 50 cm. If the exact size matters for how you plan to wear it, please contact us before you order.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Why are two different sizes listed by the maker?", "answer": "The maker's description gives one measurement in one place and a different one in another. We would rather flag that openly than publish a number we cannot stand behind. Ask us first if the dimensions are the deciding factor for you.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it a scarf or a shawl?", "answer": "The maker calls it a pashmina shawl in one place and a scarf in another, which reflects how pieces like this are used. Wrapped loosely over the shoulders it behaves as a shawl, and wound at the neck it behaves as a scarf. Which one it leans towards depends on the actual width, hence the size question above.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it be too warm for a tropical climate?", "answer": "Outdoors in the middle of the day, yes, any cashmere is more than you need. The point of a piece like this is indoors and in transit, so think air-conditioned offices, cinemas, restaurants, long-haul flights and trips to cooler countries. A lightweight cashmere scarf is something you can carry all day and only use when the room turns cold.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for an air-conditioned office?", "answer": "That is exactly where it earns its place. Meeting rooms and open-plan floors are often set several degrees colder than people are comfortable with, and a cashmere wrap at the shoulders fixes that without a jacket. It is easy to drape and easy to take off when you step outside.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "Yes. The maker describes it as lightweight yet warm and suggests it for travel. It can work as a neck wrap, a shoulder layer or a light cover while you sleep.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it with evening clothes?", "answer": "It suits evening wear well. A soft solid wrap over a dress or a sleeveless top reads as deliberate rather than practical, and lavender sits nicely with black, navy, cream and silver tones.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Hand wash or dry clean, per the maker's care instruction. For hand washing, use cool water and a mild detergent made for wool, swirl gently, rinse, then press the water out without twisting. Reshape it flat to dry away from sun and heat.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in a washing machine?", "answer": "We would not. The care instruction given is hand wash, and machine agitation can felt or distort knitted cashmere. If you want it cleaned without any risk, a dry cleaner who handles knitwear is the more careful route.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "No. Heat and tumbling are the two fastest ways to shrink and felt cashmere. Dry it flat on a towel instead, reshaping it while it is still damp.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "How do I store it in a humid climate?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it in a dry, closed drawer or box rather than hanging it on a hook. Make sure it is fully dry before it goes away. A sachet or a small dehumidifying pack in the drawer helps if your storage space tends to feel damp.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "All cashmere can pill a little where it rubs, usually at the neck or where a bag strap sits. It is normal and not a fault. A cashmere comb or a small fabric shaver takes the pills off and the fabric looks fresh again.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "How do I deal with pilling?", "answer": "Lay the scarf flat, hold the fabric taut with one hand, and work a cashmere comb or fabric shaver gently across the surface in one direction. Do not dig into the knit. Doing this now and then keeps the surface looking tidy.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "Avoid direct ironing. If it needs settling, hold a steamer a little away from the fabric or hang it in a steamy bathroom for a few minutes, then smooth it with your hands and lay it flat.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does it come in a gift box?", "answer": "Yes, it is supplied in a gift box. That means you can give it as it arrives without buying wrapping, which is handy for a birthday or a thank you present.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It is an easy one. The size is one size, the colour is soft and widely wearable, and the box is already sorted. A 100% cashmere scarf with no guesswork on fit is a simple present to choose.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Who is it for?", "answer": "The maker lists it for adult women. Beyond that, it suits anyone who feels the cold indoors, travels to cooler places, or wants one good accessory that lifts simple clothes.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is one size really going to fit?", "answer": "Wraps are forgiving because there is no fit to get wrong. It is one size with a pull-on style, which means you drape or wind it rather than fasten it. The only variable that matters is the overall measurement, which is why we suggest asking if you need a wide shawl specifically.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What should I wear it with?", "answer": "Lavender works with black, navy, charcoal, white, cream, denim and most greys. It is softer against warm skin tones than a cold purple would be. If most of your wardrobe is neutral, this adds colour without taking over an outfit.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is cashmere warmer than wool?", "answer": "Cashmere fibre is finer than most sheep's wool, so a cashmere knit can be light and still feel warm. The maker describes this scarf as lightweight yet warm, which is why a pure cashmere wrap for women is a common choice for travel.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it feel itchy?", "answer": "Cashmere fibres are fine, so it is usually much softer against the neck than standard wool. Comfort varies from person to person, but many people find a cashmere knit soft at the neck.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "How many ways can I wear it?", "answer": "Plenty. Drape it open over the shoulders, fold it in half and pull the ends through the loop, wind it twice at the neck, or let it hang long over a coat. A solid colour makes every version look intentional.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it indoors at home?", "answer": "Yes, especially if you keep the air conditioning low. A light wrap over the shoulders while you work or watch something is far less bother than putting on a jumper and then taking it off again.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does it have a closure or fastening?", "answer": "The maker gives the closure type as pull on, which in practice means it is an open wrap with no buttons, zips or clasps. You can pin it with a brooch if you want it to stay put, though most people just knot or tuck it.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "How does the maker describe the knit?", "answer": "The maker describes it as thickened and tightly knitted from 100% cashmere, and as lightweight yet warm.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What occasions does the maker suggest it for?", "answer": "The maker suggests wearing it as a wrap with evening dress or at a wedding, and as an everyday scarf for the commute to work or for travel.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right when it arrives?", "answer": "Get in touch with us and tell us what the problem is, whether that is the size, the colour in person, or the condition. The returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Knitted Cashmere Pashmina Scarf in Lavender", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/knitted-cashmere-pashmina-scarf/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a tartan scarf woven from 100% lambswool, also called pure new wool. It measures 164 x 30 cm and comes in the Black Watch tartan. It is sold as one scarf per order.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What exactly is lambswool?", "answer": "Lambswool is the wool taken from a sheep's first shearing, usually at a few months old. Those fibres are finer and smoother than later clips, which is why lambswool feels softer than standard wool. It is still wool, so it keeps wool's natural warmth and springiness.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it pure wool or a blend?", "answer": "The maker states it is 100% lambswool, pure new wool, with no other fibre named. The material composition reads 100% wool (lamb).", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How big is the scarf?", "answer": "It is 164 x 30 cm. That is a full-length adult scarf. It is long enough to wrap twice around most necks with tails left over.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does it come in other sizes?", "answer": "No, it is sold as one size only. The 164 cm length suits teenagers and adults, and the way you tie it does the adjusting.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What is Black Watch tartan?", "answer": "Black Watch is a traditional Scottish sett built from dark navy, deep green and black. From a short distance it reads almost like a solid dark colour rather than a loud check. That is why it is one of the easier tartans to wear with existing clothes.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for men and women?", "answer": "Yes, the maker lists it as unisex and the pattern and proportions are not gendered. Both men and women wear Black Watch in exactly this scale. It is a sensible choice if you are buying a wool scarf for men and women to share.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it feel itchy?", "answer": "Lambswool is finer than ordinary wool, which is the main reason it is used for pieces worn against the neck. The maker describes this scarf as extremely soft. If you find all wool scratchy, you may still prefer to wear it over a collar.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy or bulky?", "answer": "The maker classes the fabric as lightweight. It is thinner than a chunky knit, so it folds easily into a bag, which suits travel.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does the fabric stretch?", "answer": "No, the maker states no stretch. It is a woven scarf, not a ribbed knit, so it drapes rather than pulling.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I wear this in a hot, humid country?", "answer": "Yes, most people in warm climates use a scarf like this indoors and in transit. Air-conditioned offices, meeting rooms, cinemas and aircraft cabins run much cooler than the street. A soft, lightweight wool scarf takes the edge off.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "It works well on a plane. Cabin air is cool, and a wool scarf keeps the neck and shoulders warmer. Folded into four it also doubles as a neck cushion against a window.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it keep me warm in a genuinely cold country?", "answer": "A wool scarf adds warmth under a coat on a trip somewhere cold. In deep cold you would still want a proper outer layer. Treat it as a strong mid-layer for the neck rather than your only defence.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Hand wash only, as specified by the maker. Use cool water and a detergent made for wool, move it gently rather than rubbing, and rinse in water of the same temperature. Never wring it out.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can it go in a washing machine?", "answer": "No. The care instruction is hand wash only, and machine agitation risks felting and shrinking the fibre. Even a wool cycle is a gamble with a piece like this.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "No, heat and tumbling will shrink and matt lambswool. Press the water out gently in a towel, then lay the scarf flat in its proper shape to dry. Keep it away from direct sun and any heat source.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Not after every wear. Airing it overnight between wears handles most of the job. A gentle hand wash now and then, or after a spill, is usually enough.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What if it gets a small stain?", "answer": "Spot clean it as soon as you can with cool water and a tiny amount of wool detergent on a cloth. Dab rather than scrub, then let the area dry flat. A full hand wash is only needed if the mark covers a wide area.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "All wool can pill a little where it rubs against bags or jacket collars. It is normal and not a fault. A wool comb or a fabric shaver lifts the pills off and the scarf looks fresh again.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it flat in a drawer or on a shelf rather than hanging it on a hook, which stretches the ends. Make sure it is completely dry first, which matters in humid homes. An airtight box or a sealed bag helps if you store it for months.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does it need mothproofing?", "answer": "Wool is a natural fibre, so long-term storage benefits from a cedar block or a lavender sachet. Make sure the scarf is clean before storing, since residue attracts pests. Keep it in a closed container if you are putting it away for a long stretch.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What colours are available?", "answer": "This page is for the Black Watch tartan, which the maker names Black (Black Watch). The tartan carries dark green and navy within the black grid.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Does it contain fur or animal trim?", "answer": "No. The maker states no fur. It is a plain wool scarf in 100% lambswool.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is there a fringe on the ends?", "answer": "The product photo shows a short fringe at the end of the scarf. The maker gives the size as 164 x 30 cm.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How does the maker describe the feel?", "answer": "The maker describes it as extremely soft, in a lightweight fabric with no stretch.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What does pure new wool mean?", "answer": "Pure new wool is wool that has not been used or recycled before. Here the maker states the wool is 100% lambswool.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "It is one of the easier gifts to get right, because one size removes any sizing worry. Black Watch is a safe pattern for most wardrobes, and a pure lambswool scarf reads as a considered present. It also suits teenagers and adults equally.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "Can teenagers wear it?", "answer": "Yes, the maker gives the age range as teenagers and adults. The 164 cm length can be wrapped more times on a smaller frame. The pattern is classic rather than age-specific.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "How many ways can I tie it?", "answer": "At this length you can do the simple drape, the loop-and-pull, a double wrap, or a flat tuck inside a jacket. The 30 cm width spreads nicely across the chest when worn open. Try a couple and see which suits your coat collars.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "If the colour, feel or length is not what you hoped, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page. Tell us what did not work and we can point you to a better match in the range.", "source": "Lambswool Tartan Scarf in Black Watch", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/lambswool-tartan-scarf/" }, { "question": "What exactly comes in the set?", "answer": "You receive two items, one knitted beanie and one long scarf. Both are grey and share the same ribbed knit. They are sold together as a single set.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is this pure merino wool?", "answer": "No. The maker states the knit is made from merino wool and acrylic, but does not publish the percentage split. For that reason it should be described as a merino blend rather than pure merino.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Why blend merino with acrylic?", "answer": "The maker does not explain the choice. In general, acrylic is added to wool knits to help them keep their shape, and merino brings the soft feel that fine wool is valued for. The maker describes the set as soft and warm.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "What size is the beanie?", "answer": "It is one size, made to stretch across head circumferences of roughly 53 to 66 cm according to the maker. That range covers most adult heads. It pulls on with no fastenings to adjust.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How long is the scarf?", "answer": "Around 178 cm. That is long enough to loop twice around the neck with the ends still hanging, or to wear open down the front of a jacket.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is the beanie lined?", "answer": "Yes, there is a fleece lining inside. It sits against the forehead and the tops of the ears, which are the areas where a bare knit tends to feel textured.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Will it feel itchy?", "answer": "Merino is the finer, softer end of the wool family and the beanie has a fleece lining between the knit and your skin. The maker mentions a lining for the beanie only, so if you find wool scratchy around the neck, wearing it over a collar is a sensible option.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for men and women?", "answer": "Yes. The shape is a classic pull-on beanie with a straightforward scarf, and the maker sells the set for both men and women. It is for adults, in one size.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Does a warm climate make a wool set pointless?", "answer": "Not at all. Air-conditioned offices, cinemas, cold meeting rooms and long flights are where most people in a warm country actually feel cold. A beanie for travel is often one that lives in a bag rather than a wardrobe.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Can I take this on a flight?", "answer": "Yes, and that is one of the most practical uses for it. Cabin air runs cool and the scarf doubles as a light cover across the chest or shoulders when you are trying to sleep.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough for a proper cold-weather holiday?", "answer": "It works well as a layer for trips to colder countries. A fleece-lined beanie and a long scarf cover the head and neck. For deep cold you would pair it with a proper coat and gloves.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "Grey, in a solid pattern across both the hat and the scarf. Grey is an easy match with navy, black, camel and denim.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Hand wash only. Use cool water and a mild detergent suited to wool, press out the water without wringing, reshape while damp and dry flat.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in the washing machine?", "answer": "The care instruction is hand wash only, so a machine cycle is not advised. Agitation and heat are what cause wool fibres to felt and shrink, and that change cannot be reversed.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "No. Dry it flat, away from direct heat and sunlight. A towel underneath helps absorb moisture and speeds things up.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How often should it be washed?", "answer": "Not after every wear. Airing the pieces out between wears usually does the job. Wash when there is a visible mark or the knit genuinely needs it.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Should I hang the scarf in a wardrobe?", "answer": "Folding is better. Hanging a knitted scarf for long periods lets gravity stretch the fabric at the fold point. A flat shelf or a drawer keeps the shape.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Will the beanie leave my hair flat?", "answer": "Any close-fitting hat presses hair down to some degree. The beanie is a pull-on style with stretch, so you can wear it a little further back on the head if that helps.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Does the scarf shed fibres?", "answer": "Some new knits release a few loose fibres in the first week or two of wear, which settles down. A gentle shake outdoors before the first wear helps.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Can I wear just one piece?", "answer": "Of course. Plenty of people use the beanie for flights and the scarf for cold offices, or the other way round. They simply happen to match when you want them to.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is this a good gift?", "answer": "It works well as one, since it arrives as a matching pair and the one-size fit removes the guesswork that clothing gifts usually involve. Grey suits most wardrobes, which helps if you do not know the recipient's colour preferences.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a teenager?", "answer": "The maker sizes the set for adults, but the beanie stretches across a wide head range. An older teenager will usually be fine, and the scarf has no sizing issue at all.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How should I wear a 178 cm scarf?", "answer": "Three easy options are a double loop around the neck, a single loop with the ends tucked into a jacket, or simply draped open down each side. The length gives you room to change your mind.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is it a cable knit or a ribbed knit?", "answer": "The maker calls it a cable knit. The product photos show a chunky vertical rib on both pieces, with a turn-up cuff on the beanie. Go by the photos for the look.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "What is the beanie's closure?", "answer": "There is none. It is a pull-on style with stretch, so it goes on and off in one motion and there is nothing to adjust, loosen or break.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How is the set packed?", "answer": "The maker says the beanie and scarf come together in a dust-proof zip bag.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Is the scarf lined as well?", "answer": "The maker mentions a fleece lining inside the beanie only. The scarf is described as a long knitted scarf, about 178 cm.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "Can I steam or iron it?", "answer": "Avoid a hot iron directly on the knit. If a crease is bothering you, hang the piece in a steamy bathroom for a few minutes and smooth it by hand, then let it dry flat.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "How does delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "What if the set is not right for me?", "answer": "Get in touch and tell us what went wrong, whether the fit or the colour. The returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Merino Blend Ribbed Knit Beanie and Scarf Set", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-beanie-and-scarf-set/" }, { "question": "What is this scarf made from?", "answer": "It is made from wool, and the maker names Australian merino wool. The maker gives no percentage, so we describe it simply as merino wool rather than claiming a figure.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How long and wide is it?", "answer": "It measures 178 cm long by 30.5 cm wide, which is 70 by 12 inches. That is a generous length that allows a double loop with the ends still hanging.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is it one size?", "answer": "Yes, it is one size, for adults. The 178 cm length suits most adult heights and builds, and how warm it feels depends mostly on how you wrap it.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "What colour is the tartan?", "answer": "The maker names the colour light and dark grey, in a plaid tartan pattern. The product photos show large light and dark grey checks with black blocks, a black edge and a red stripe.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Will grey tartan go with my clothes?", "answer": "Grey is one of the most forgiving scarf colours. It sits comfortably with navy, charcoal, black, denim and most neutrals, which helps if you want one grey plaid scarf to cover everything.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is merino wool itchy?", "answer": "Merino fibres are finer than standard wool, which is why merino is usually chosen for pieces worn next to the skin. The maker describes this scarf as soft next to the skin. If you find all wool scratchy, wear it over a collar.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is this warm enough for a cold country?", "answer": "It is a lightweight wool scarf, so on a trip it suits cool and cold days worn with a coat. For deep cold you would layer it under outerwear rather than rely on it alone.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in an air-conditioned office?", "answer": "Yes, that is one of the main uses for it here. A lightweight merino scarf draped loosely takes the edge off a cold vent, and it is easy to take off when you step outside.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Does it work on flights?", "answer": "Yes. Cabins run cool for hours at a stretch, and a long scarf doubles as a neck wrap or a light cover across the chest, which is why many people keep one as a travel scarf for flights.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is it too bulky to pack?", "answer": "No. The maker classes the fabric as lightweight, so it rolls or folds into a carry-on without taking much room.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How should I wash it?", "answer": "Dry clean only, as stated by the maker. Do not machine wash, hand wash, tumble dry or wring it, because wool can felt and shrink when agitated in water.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How often does it need dry cleaning?", "answer": "Only when it is actually soiled. Airing it out between wears is usually enough in between.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "If a crease needs softening, press through a cloth on a low setting. Avoid direct high heat on the wool surface, and never press hard enough to flatten the fabric. The maker's care instruction is dry clean only.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it flat in a drawer or on a shelf rather than hanging it, which can stretch the ends over time. Keep it dry and out of direct sun, and make sure it is fully dry before it goes away.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "Any wool scarf can pick up small pills at friction points, usually where a coat collar or bag strap rubs. A gentle fabric comb lifts them off, and careful storage reduces how often they appear.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Does it stretch out of shape?", "answer": "The maker classes the fabric as low stretch, which is a good thing for a scarf. Knots hold their shape better in a fabric that does not stretch much.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "What is the closure type?", "answer": "The maker gives the closure type as tie, which simply means it is a classic open scarf you knot or drape. There are no buttons, loops or fastenings.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for women too?", "answer": "The maker sells it as a men's scarf, but the shape and the grey tartan are not strongly gendered. Anyone can wear a 178 cm scarf.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Does it come in a gift box?", "answer": "Yes, it is supplied in a gift box. That makes it a straightforward present to hand over.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift for someone who travels?", "answer": "It is one of the easier gifts to get right for a frequent flyer. There is no sizing to guess, it folds flat, and a cold cabin is the moment they will think of it.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "What occasions does it suit as a gift?", "answer": "Birthdays, farewells, work gifts and thank-yous all work. A neutral grey tartan avoids the risk of picking a colour the recipient would not have chosen.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it with a suit?", "answer": "Yes. Folded in half lengthways and tucked under the lapels, a grey tartan reads as smart rather than casual.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it casually?", "answer": "Easily. Draped loose over a jumper or a jacket, the tartan gives a relaxed look. The same scarf covers both ends of the dress code depending on how you tie it.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How do I tie it for warmth?", "answer": "The simple loop works best. Fold the scarf in half, pass it around the neck, then pull the loose ends through the loop. At 178 cm you can also wrap twice for a snugger fit.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is there any colour besides grey in the pattern?", "answer": "Yes. The maker names the colour light and dark grey, and the product photos also show black blocks, a black edge and a red stripe.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Is there any stretch for comfort?", "answer": "The maker classes the fabric stretch as low. That keeps the drape clean, so comfort comes from the softness of the fibre rather than from stretch.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "How many are in a pack?", "answer": "One scarf per pack, supplied in its gift box. If you need several for a group gift, add the quantity you want at the checkout.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Will the colours fade?", "answer": "Keep it out of long direct sunlight and stick to dry cleaning, which is the maker's care instruction. Strong sun over months can fade most fabrics.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it indoors all day?", "answer": "Yes, and many people do in chilled offices. Because it is lightweight, you can loosen or remove it as the room temperature shifts without feeling like you are carrying a heavy layer.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right when it arrives?", "answer": "The returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page. Let us know what did not work, whether it is the length, the shade of grey or the pattern, and we can point you to a better fit in our merino accessories range.", "source": "Merino Wool Tartan Scarf for Men with Gift Box", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-scarf-men-tartan/" }, { "question": "What exactly is in this pack?", "answer": "You get three pairs of men's merino wool socks in plain black. All three pairs are identical, in the same size and the same mid-height cut. There are no mixed colours or patterns.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What are the socks made from?", "answer": "The yarn is 80% merino wool, 17% polyamide and 3% elastane, as stated by the maker. That makes them merino-rich rather than pure wool. Polyamide and elastane are commonly added to sock yarn for durability and stretch.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these pure wool socks?", "answer": "No. They are a merino blend at 80% wool, with polyamide and elastane making up the remaining 20%. Most everyday wool socks use a blend of this kind.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What size are they?", "answer": "They come in one size range only, EU 47 to 50. That is a large size. Check the size marked inside your current shoes before you order.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What if my shoe size is smaller than EU 47?", "answer": "These will almost certainly be too big and will bunch inside the shoe. A sock that is too long tends to slide and rub at the heel. If you are below EU 47, look for a smaller size range instead.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How high do they sit on the leg?", "answer": "They are mid-height, sitting around mid-calf. That is tall enough to stay covered under trousers when you sit down, and short enough not to feel like a knee-high.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How thick are they?", "answer": "Medium thickness. They are not thin dress socks and not chunky boot socks, which puts them in the useful middle ground for normal shoes. Most everyday shoes will take them without feeling tight.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will they fit in normal shoes?", "answer": "Yes, that is what the medium thickness is for. They are intended for everyday shoes rather than stiff boots. If your shoes are already a snug fit, allow for a little extra bulk.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I wear them for hiking?", "answer": "The maker specifically says these are not suitable for hiking. They are also not intended for stiff leather boots or very cold frosty weather. Choose a dedicated hiking sock for trails.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do wool socks make sense in a hot, humid climate?", "answer": "They do, because the cold here is indoors. Office air conditioning, cinemas and long taxi rides all leave feet cold, and a medium-thickness wool sock in normal shoes helps with that.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are they good for flights?", "answer": "Yes. Cabin temperatures drop and feet get cold on long sectors, so a medium-thickness merino sock is a sensible thing to wear or pack.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will they itch?", "answer": "Merino fibres are much finer than standard wool, which is why they feel soft rather than prickly. The maker says the fine merino fibres give a soft feel without the itch of coarser wool. Comfort is personal, though.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are they warm enough for a trip somewhere genuinely cold?", "answer": "The maker describes them as suited to moderately cold weather, so they are a sensible choice for city breaks in cooler countries. For very cold, frosty conditions the maker advises against them. Pack a heavier thermal sock for that.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these thick thermal socks?", "answer": "No. The maker describes them as medium thickness, for everyday wear in normal shoes and for moderately cold weather. They are not a heavy thermal sock.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I wear them with a suit?", "answer": "Plain black and mid-calf is the standard combination for suit trousers, so yes. Medium thickness is slightly fuller than a formal dress sock, so very slim shoes may feel a touch snugger.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Machine wash at a maximum of 30 degrees on a gentle cycle, turned inside out. Do not tumble dry, iron or bleach. Washing inside out protects the outer surface from pilling.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Why wash them inside out?", "answer": "Most of the rubbing in a wash happens on the outer face of the fabric. Turning socks inside out shifts that wear to the inside, which keeps the visible surface looking smoother for longer.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry them?", "answer": "No. Heat and tumbling cause wool to shrink and felt, and that change cannot be reversed. Reshape them while damp and dry flat away from direct heat.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Should I use fabric softener?", "answer": "Better not to. The maker's care instructions do not call for it. A normal detergent made for wool is enough.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash them?", "answer": "Wash them as you would any everyday sock, following the maker's instructions: 30 degrees at most, gentle cycle, inside out. With three pairs you always have one ready while another dries.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "Not if you stick to 30 degrees and skip the dryer. Hot water and tumble heat are what cause wool to shrink. Follow the care instructions and the fit should stay consistent.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Why are there three pairs rather than one?", "answer": "A three-pack lets you run a simple rotation, one on, one in the drawer, one in the wash. That spreads wear across all three pairs. It also means you are never caught short on laundry day.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are they all black?", "answer": "Yes, all three pairs are solid black with no pattern. That keeps them easy to pair with work and casual clothing. There is no mixed-colour option in this pack.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will the elastic cut into my leg?", "answer": "The blend includes 3% elastane for stretch, and the maker gives the fit as regular. As with any sock, the correct size matters most, and this pack is EU 47 to 50 only.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do they lose their shape over time?", "answer": "Polyamide and elastane are in the blend to help with that. Washing cool and drying flat is the other half of the job. Do not tumble dry them.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these unisex?", "answer": "They are sold as men's socks and the size range is EU 47 to 50. Anyone whose feet fall in that range can wear them. The cut and plain black colour are not gender-specific in practice.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What makes merino different from regular wool?", "answer": "Merino fibres are finer in diameter, so they bend more easily against the skin instead of poking it. That is what makes merino feel soft while still insulating.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do they make a good gift?", "answer": "A three-pack of plain black wool socks is a practical gift that gets used. The main thing to confirm is shoe size, since this pack is EU 47 to 50 only. If you are unsure of the recipient's size, ask first.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I iron or bleach them?", "answer": "No. The maker's care instructions say do not iron, do not bleach and do not tumble dry.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right for me?", "answer": "Check the size range first, since EU 47 to 50 is a large size and the most likely mismatch. The returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Men, 3 Pairs, Black, EU 47-50", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-men-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What exactly am I buying?", "answer": "Three pairs of women's socks in grey, size EU 39 to 42, knitted from a merino-rich blend. The maker gives the composition as 80% merino wool, 17% polyamide and 3% elastane.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these pure wool socks?", "answer": "No. They are a blend, with merino wool making up 80% of the fibre and the remaining 20% split between polyamide and elastane. Polyamide and elastane are commonly added to sock yarn for durability and stretch.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What size are they?", "answer": "They are supplied in EU 39 to 42 only. This page sells that one size band, so check your usual EU shoe size before ordering.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do they run true to size?", "answer": "The maker gives the fit as regular, with medium stretch, so there is some give across the EU 39 to 42 range.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How high do they sit on the leg?", "answer": "They are mid-height, which the maker also describes as calf length. The product photo shows them sitting above the ankle on the lower calf.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How thick are they?", "answer": "Medium thickness, as described by the maker. That lets them work in normal shoes rather than needing roomy boots.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will they fit inside my usual shoes?", "answer": "In most cases yes. The maker describes them as medium thickness, for everyday wear in normal shoes. Very tight dress shoes are the exception.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Why wool in a hot climate?", "answer": "The cold you deal with here is indoors, not outdoors. Offices, shopping centres, cinemas and taxis all run air conditioning hard, and a medium-thickness wool sock helps with that steady low-level chill.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these good for flights?", "answer": "Yes. Cabins get cold and you are sitting still for hours, so a medium-thickness merino sock is a sensible thing to wear or pack.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will my feet overheat?", "answer": "The maker says the crimped merino fibres hold warm air without causing overheating, and describes the socks as breathable. They are medium thickness, not a heavy thermal sock.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do they itch?", "answer": "Merino fibres are much finer than ordinary virgin wool, so they bend against the skin instead of prickling it. The maker says the fine merino fibres give a soft feel without itching. Comfort is personal, though.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are these thick thermal socks?", "answer": "No. The maker describes them as medium thickness, for everyday wear in normal shoes and for moderately cold weather.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I wear them for hiking?", "answer": "No. The maker specifically states these socks are not suitable for hiking, stiff leather boots or very cold frosty weather. Look for a dedicated hiking sock if that is your use.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I wear them with boots?", "answer": "Soft ankle boots are fine. The maker says the socks are not suitable for stiff leather boots.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are they warm enough for a trip to a very cold country?", "answer": "Not for very cold frosty conditions, according to the maker. They suit moderately cold weather, cool indoor spaces and travel to temperate places.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Is the colour grey or anthracite?", "answer": "The maker names the colour grey and also calls it anthracite, which is a dark grey. The product photo shows a dark grey sock.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What colour are they?", "answer": "All three pairs are grey, in a plain solid pattern. The photo shows a dark grey. Grey is a practical choice for work as it sits quietly with navy, black, charcoal and brown.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How do I wash them?", "answer": "Machine wash at a maximum of 30 degrees, turned inside out, on a gentle cycle. Do not tumble dry, do not iron and do not bleach.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Why wash them inside out?", "answer": "It protects the outer face of the knit from rubbing against the drum and other garments. That helps the outside of the sock stay tidier.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry them?", "answer": "No. Heat and tumbling cause wool to shrink and felt. Reshape them while damp and dry flat, away from direct heat sources.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Should I use fabric softener?", "answer": "Better not to. The maker's care instructions do not call for it. A normal detergent made for wool is enough.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How often do they need washing?", "answer": "Wash them as you would any everyday sock, following the maker's instructions: 30 degrees at most, gentle cycle, inside out. With three pairs you always have one ready while another dries.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Will they shrink?", "answer": "Followed as instructed, a cool gentle wash and flat drying should keep the size stable. Hot water and tumble drying are what cause shrinkage in wool.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "How long will three pairs last me?", "answer": "That depends on how often you wear them. Rotating three pairs rather than wearing the same pair repeatedly spreads the wear across the set.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Do they pill?", "answer": "Some surface pilling is normal with any wool blend in high-friction areas. Washing inside out on a gentle cycle reduces it, and a fabric comb tidies up any that appears.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What do they weigh?", "answer": "The maker gives the item weight as about 100 g. They take up very little room in hand luggage.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can I iron or bleach them?", "answer": "No. The maker's care instructions say do not iron, do not bleach and do not tumble dry.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Are they a good gift?", "answer": "A three-pack of grey merino socks is an easy gift for someone who travels or works in a cold office. The plain colour avoids taste problems, and the only thing you need to know is their shoe size.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "Can men wear them?", "answer": "They are sold as women's socks, and the sizing is EU 39 to 42. Anyone whose shoe size is in that range can wear them.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What if they are not right for me?", "answer": "If the fit, height or thickness is not what you expected, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Merino Wool Socks for Women, 3 Pairs, Grey, EU 39-42", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-wool-socks-women-3-pairs/" }, { "question": "What is this scarf made from?", "answer": "It is made from 100% cashmere, as stated by the maker. The maker names no other fibre. The cloth is woven rather than knitted.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What does 2 ply mean?", "answer": "Two single yarns are twisted together to make one stronger yarn before the cloth is woven. It gives the cloth more body than a single ply of the same yarn.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How long is the scarf?", "answer": "About 165 to 175 cm. The maker quotes 174 x 28 cm in one line and 164 x 30 cm in the specifications, so treat it as approximate within that range. In practice it is long enough for a single loop with both ends still hanging.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How wide is it?", "answer": "About 30 cm. The maker gives 28 cm in one line and 30 cm in another. That is a standard scarf width, wide enough to sit flat across the chest when worn open. It also folds down to a narrow band if you prefer a tighter look.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "White. The pattern is solid, so there is no stripe, check or contrast border. A white cashmere scarf is one of the easier neutrals to match.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it unisex?", "answer": "Yes, the maker describes it as unisex. A plain white solid scarf in this size is worn by men and women in the same way.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What size options are there?", "answer": "It is sold as one size, about 165 to 175 cm long and about 30 cm wide.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough for a cold office?", "answer": "Yes, that is one of its main uses here. A cashmere scarf keeps warmth close to the neck, which is where many people feel air conditioning first. A lightweight cashmere scarf is easy to drape over a chair when you step back outside.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Will it be too hot for a warm, humid climate?", "answer": "Outdoors in the heat, you would not wear it. Indoors is a different story, since air-conditioned offices, cinemas, restaurants and meeting rooms are often much cooler than the street. Many people keep a cashmere scarf for the office in a bag all year for that reason.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "It is well suited to flights. Cabin temperatures drop on long sectors and a scarf covers the neck and upper chest without the bulk of a jacket. The cloth is lightweight, so it folds into a cabin bag easily.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a travel blanket?", "answer": "It is a scarf, not a blanket, so it will cover your neck and shoulders rather than your whole body. Opened out, it does make a reasonable layer across the chest while seated. For full coverage you would want a larger wrap.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "You do not. The maker specifies dry clean only, so take it to a dry cleaner when it needs refreshing. Washing cashmere that is marked dry clean only can shrink or felt the cloth.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How often should I have it cleaned?", "answer": "Only when it needs it. Airing the scarf after wear is usually enough between cleans. A scarf does not need cleaning after every wear.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and lay it flat in a drawer or on a shelf. Hanging a woven scarf for long periods can stretch one end. Keep it away from damp and away from direct sunlight, which can dull a white cloth.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Will a white scarf stain easily?", "answer": "Any pale colour shows marks more readily than a dark one. Be mindful around make-up, coffee and ink. If something does land on it, resist rubbing and take it to a dry cleaner instead.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Does cashmere pill?", "answer": "All cashmere can pill a little where it rubs, usually against a collar or a bag strap. A cashmere comb removes any pills gently.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is the cloth heavy or light?", "answer": "The maker classes the fabric as lightweight. That makes it comfortable indoors and easy to pack, and the 2 ply yarn gives it some body.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Does it stretch?", "answer": "No. The maker states no stretch, which is normal for a woven scarf. It drapes rather than stretches.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What should I wear it with?", "answer": "A plain white scarf works with a navy or charcoal suit, a camel or black coat, denim, and simple knitwear. Because the colour is solid, you can wear it with pattern elsewhere without a clash. That is the appeal of a solid colour cashmere scarf.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How do I tie it?", "answer": "Two easy options. Drape it open and even on both sides for a relaxed look, or fold it in half lengthways, loop it behind the neck and pull the ends through the fold for a tidy knot. Both suit this length.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for men?", "answer": "Yes. The width, length and plain weave are all standard for a mens scarf as well as a womens one. Nothing in the design is gender specific.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It is a very easy gift. The colour is neutral, the size is one size, and cashmere reads as a considered present. It suits someone who travels or works in a cold office.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Does it come in other colours?", "answer": "This page sells the white scarf only, in a solid colour.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Does it have a fringe?", "answer": "Yes. The product photo shows a fringe at the end of the scarf.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Is it knitted or woven?", "answer": "Woven, as stated by the maker, in a 2 ply cashmere yarn. A woven scarf drapes rather than stretches.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "How does the maker describe it?", "answer": "As a classic 2 ply cashmere scarf, woven for warmth, that feels both warm and light. The maker classes the fabric as lightweight.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "Can I wear it indoors all day?", "answer": "Yes. Many people wear a scarf loosely indoors purely for the cold air at the neck, then take it off when they step outside. The cloth is lightweight, so it is easy to wear in a cool room.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What helps it last?", "answer": "The main risks are snags, heavy pilling and washing in water, all of which are avoidable. Fold storage and dry cleaning only are the two habits that matter most.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What is included?", "answer": "One white cashmere scarf.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What if it is not right for me?", "answer": "Check the measurements first, since about 165 to 175 cm long and about 30 cm wide is the whole story on fit. If it is not what you expected, the returns terms are set out on the store's Refunds & Returns page.", "source": "Pure Cashmere Scarf, Plain White, 2 Ply Woven", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/pure-cashmere-scarf-plain/" }, { "question": "What is this product?", "answer": "It is a handmade throw blanket in an alpaca and acrylic blend, made in Ecuador. It measures about 216 x 165 cm and weighs about 750 g. The colour is a deep blue variegated stripe.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it pure alpaca?", "answer": "No. The maker states the fibre content as 50% alpaca and 50% acrylic, so it is an alpaca blend, not pure alpaca.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What colours are in the stripes?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour Deep Blue Splash Variegated. The photos show lengthwise stripes of deep navy, mid blue and pale blue, with grey bands and thin lines of magenta red running between them.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "Approximately 216 x 165 cm, which is 85 x 65 inches. That is often described as a queen-size throw. Because it is handmade, the finished size can vary slightly from piece to piece.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "About 750 g. That is light for a blanket of this size, and the maker describes it as lightweight.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a strongly air-conditioned room?", "answer": "Yes, that is what we suggest it for. The maker describes it as a warm but lightweight throw for the couch. It is a single light layer of about 750 g, so think of it as cover for a cold room or office, not a heavy bed quilt.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "Yes. The maker says it is light enough to travel with you. At about 750 g it folds into cabin luggage, and it is useful on trips to colder countries too.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it feel scratchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the throw as soft and says it is designed not to itch. It is half alpaca and half acrylic. Individual sensitivity varies, so if you react to wool fibres in general, bear that in mind.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it knitted or woven?", "answer": "The maker describes it as a soft knit blanket, made by hand. In the close-up photos the surface looks brushed and slightly fuzzy, with a fine stitch pattern visible in the paler stripes.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Where is it made?", "answer": "It is made by hand in Ecuador, as stated by the maker.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Why do the colours vary between pieces?", "answer": "Because each throw is made by hand. The maker says colour and size may vary slightly from the details given, because of the hand manufacturing.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What does variegated mean here?", "answer": "It means the colour changes along the blanket instead of staying flat and uniform. In this piece it shows as stripes of darker and lighter blue with grey and thin red lines between them.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it suit my furniture?", "answer": "Deep blue sits well against neutral sofas in grey, cream, oatmeal or pale timber tones. If your room is already busy with pattern, drape it folded in thirds over an arm rather than spreading it full width.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a bed?", "answer": "Yes. At 216 x 165 cm it works well laid across the foot of a double or queen bed. It is a layering piece rather than a main cover, so it pairs with a sheet or a light quilt.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a child?", "answer": "The age range stated by the maker is adult. It is a large throw at about 216 x 165 cm, so for small children a smaller blanket is usually more practical.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The maker says to wash it by hand or on a delicate machine cycle. We suggest cool water and a mild detergent, and no bleach. Reshape it gently while damp.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How should I dry it?", "answer": "The maker's care advice covers washing only: by hand or on a delicate cycle. It does not mention a dryer, so dry the throw flat on a clean towel out of direct sun.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it shed?", "answer": "The maker says shedding can occur and is remedied by washing the blanket at least once. A gentle shake or a soft lint roller clears any loose fibres in the meantime.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Less often than you might think. Airing it regularly keeps it fresh, and most people wash a throw of this type two or three times a year unless something spills on it.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What if I spill something on it?", "answer": "Blot the area straight away with a clean damp cloth, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing, which pushes the stain deeper into the fabric. If a full wash is needed, use cool water and a delicate cycle.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "It is better not to. If the fabric needs smoothing, lay it flat and let gravity do the work, or use a steamer held well away from the surface on a low setting.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "Any blend with a soft hand feel can pill slightly in areas of heavy rub, like where an arm rests. A fabric comb or a pill shaver tidies it quickly without damaging the fabric.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What is the patch near the corner?", "answer": "The photos show a small tan patch stitched near one corner of the throw. It carries the maker's mark. It sits on one face only, so you can fold the throw to hide it.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in an office?", "answer": "Yes, it is a sensible choice for an office throw blanket where the building runs cold. Folded over a chair back it stays out of the way and is there when you need it.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it loosely and keep it somewhere dry and well ventilated. Avoid sealed plastic for long periods, as trapped moisture can leave a musty smell. A cotton storage bag is ideal.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A handmade alpaca blend throw is a useful present that does not depend on sizing or taste in the way clothing does. The maker suggests it for birthdays and weddings, among other occasions.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What are the edges like?", "answer": "The maker says the edges are protected and reinforced. The photos show a grey scalloped stitched edging running all the way round the throw.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What does queen-size throw mean?", "answer": "The maker calls this size, about 216 x 165 cm or 85 x 65 inches, a queen-size throw. It means a throw big enough to lie across a queen bed. It is not a full bed cover.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it one throw or a set?", "answer": "One throw. The listing gives the number of items as one. If you want a pair for two sofas, order two, and expect small differences in colour and size because each is made by hand.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Variegated Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-deep-blue/" }, { "question": "What is this throw actually made from?", "answer": "It is 50% alpaca and 50% acrylic, as stated by the maker. That makes it an alpaca blend rather than a pure alpaca throw.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it pure alpaca?", "answer": "No. It is a half-and-half blend of alpaca and acrylic. If you are looking specifically for a 100% alpaca piece, this is not it, and we would rather be clear about that up front.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "About 216 x 165 cm, which is roughly 85 x 65 inches. The maker calls this a queen-size throw. Because it is handmade, the finished size can vary slightly from one piece to another.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it cover a queen bed?", "answer": "Spread flat, at about 216 x 165 cm, it covers the top of a queen mattress. It is a throw rather than a full bedspread, so it will not hang far down the sides.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour White Blue Variegated. The photos show a white ground with bands of narrow stripes in turquoise, blue-grey, orange, red and tan, and a brown stitched edge. So expect more colours than blue and white. Each piece will differ a little.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it heavy?", "answer": "No. The maker gives the thickness as 2 mm and an approximate weight of 750 g, and describes the throw as lightweight.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough for a strongly air-conditioned room?", "answer": "It is a thin, lightweight throw, and the maker says it gives warmth without much weight. A cold office or a flat with the air conditioning running hard is the kind of setting it suits, as a layer over your arms and shoulders.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a plane?", "answer": "Yes. The maker describes it as light enough to travel with, and at about 2 mm thick it folds down for a carry-on bag. It also suits trips to colder countries.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it itchy?", "answer": "The maker says the throw is designed not to itch. Sensitivity varies between people, so if you react to wool in general, test it against your forearm first.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is there a label or patch on the throw?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show a small brown patch with the maker's mark sewn near one corner of the throw.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Who made it?", "answer": "According to the maker, each throw is made by hand in Ecuador. Hand production is why each one has small differences in colour, stripe placement and size.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Why does the pattern look slightly different in photos?", "answer": "The throw is handmade, so no two pieces are identical. The maker says colour and size can vary slightly. Think of it as a characteristic of the method rather than a flaw.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "Hand wash in cool water, or use a delicate machine cycle with a mild wool-safe detergent. Do not wring it. Reshape it while damp and dry it flat, away from direct sun and heat.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I dry clean it?", "answer": "Yes. The maker's care details give machine wash delicate or dry clean. Dry cleaning is a sensible choice if you would rather not handle a large wet throw.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Can it go in the tumble dryer?", "answer": "We would not recommend it. Heat is hard on blended wool fibres and can cause shrinkage or matting. Dry it flat instead and let the air do the work.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Less often than you think. Airing it for a few hours freshens it. An occasional wash is usually enough unless something is spilled on it.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "What do I do about a spill?", "answer": "Blot straight away with a clean cloth, pressing rather than rubbing. Use cool water on the spot and let it dry flat. Rubbing a blended wool fibre is what causes fuzzing.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "Any soft blended knit can pill a little where it rubs, such as along a sofa arm. A fabric comb or a gentle shaver removes the pills and the throw looks fresh again.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it shed?", "answer": "Some loose fibre may come away in the first few uses, which is common with a soft alpaca blend. It tends to settle with ordinary use.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is the edge finished?", "answer": "Yes. The maker states that the edges are protected and reinforced, and the photos show a brown stitched edging all the way round.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Can two people share it?", "answer": "Comfortably, yes. At 165 cm wide there is enough fabric for two adults on a sofa. That width is what separates a queen size throw blanket from a single lap rug.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it suit a plain sofa?", "answer": "It is a good match. The striped throw adds pattern and colour against neutral upholstery, and the white ground keeps it light.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for children?", "answer": "The maker gives the age range as adult. It is a large piece of fabric, so supervise young children around it and keep it out of cots.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a bed cover in a cool hotel room?", "answer": "Yes, and that is a common use. Laid over the hotel sheet it adds a layer of warmth, and it also gives you something familiar and soft to sleep against.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a gift?", "answer": "It does. An alpaca blend throw needs no sizing, and the maker suggests it as a gift for birthdays and weddings. The striped pattern is easy to live with.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it in a breathable cotton bag or an open shelf. Avoid sealed plastic, which traps moisture against the fibre. A cool, dry cupboard is ideal.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Will it fade?", "answer": "Keep it out of long spells of direct sunlight, as sun will dull any dyed fibre over time. Drying it in the shade and storing it away from a sunny window keeps the blue looking even.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "What does the stripe pattern look like?", "answer": "Bands of narrow stripes run across a white ground, with wide white bands between them. The photos show turquoise, blue-grey, orange, red and tan in each band. The maker gives the pattern as striped and the style as bohemian.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "What is included?", "answer": "One throw blanket, with no pillow covers or matching pieces.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Alpaca Blend Throw Blanket, Handmade in Ecuador, 216 x 165 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/alpaca-blend-throw-blanket-white-blue/" }, { "question": "What is this blanket actually made from?", "answer": "It is made from 100% baby alpaca wool, as stated by the maker, with no blended fibres listed. The yarn is undyed, so the beige colour is the natural shade of the fleece.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "What does \"baby alpaca\" mean?", "answer": "Baby alpaca refers to the grade of the fibre, not the age of the animal. It describes the finer fleece sorted out of a clip. The maker states 100% baby alpaca wool.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "What size is it?", "answer": "The specification size is 130 x 180 cm. The maker's own title quotes 200 x 130 cm because that measurement includes the fringe at the ends. It is one throw described two different ways.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Why do two different sizes appear?", "answer": "One figure measures the woven body of the cloth, the other adds the fringe. Both come from the maker, so we list both. Plan your space around 130 x 180 cm and treat the fringe as extra.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How heavy is it?", "answer": "The throw weighs about 500 to 550 g. That is light for a blanket of this size, which makes it easy to carry and pack.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough to be useful?", "answer": "The maker lists the fabric warmth as high and describes the throw as lightweight. For a cold, air-conditioned room it is a sensible single layer.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Will it be too warm in a hot climate?", "answer": "In a hot climate the use case is usually indoors with air conditioning rather than outdoors. A lightweight wool throw for air conditioning gives you a thin warm layer in an over-cooled office or bedroom. It is not designed as bedding for a hot room.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The maker lists the colour as plain beige, and the photos show a soft, sandy beige with no pattern. Because the yarn is undyed, expect a natural tone, not a precisely matched shade.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Will the beige match my furniture?", "answer": "Undyed beige sits comfortably with most neutrals, wood tones and linen. Natural fibre colour can vary slightly between batches since no dye is used to standardise it.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it plain or checked?", "answer": "Plain. The photos show a single flat beige with no check or stripe. The maker also uses the word plaid, which is a German word for a throw blanket and does not mean a checked pattern here.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a sofa?", "answer": "Yes. At 130 x 180 cm it folds neatly over a sofa arm or the back of a two-seater and still unfolds large enough to cover an adult. Many people buy an alpaca wool sofa throw for exactly this double duty.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a bed?", "answer": "It works well as a top layer on a single bed or as a foot-of-bed throw on a double. It is not sized as a full bedspread for a larger bed. Think of it as an extra layer rather than a duvet replacement.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it good for flights?", "answer": "Yes. An alpaca blanket for flights that weighs about half a kilo and folds small is easy to carry on board. It also works in airport lounges and on trains.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Will it fit in hand luggage?", "answer": "At about 500 to 550 g it folds down small. Most people will fit it in the top of a cabin bag or a tote.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Does it shed?", "answer": "Any new natural fibre textile can release a few loose fibres in the first weeks of use. This settles with airing and gentle use. Shaking it out before you put it away helps.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "Fine animal fibres can pill where they rub, such as under an arm or against a bag strap. A simple fabric comb removes pills without damaging the weave. Avoid dragging it across rough surfaces.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The maker gives machine wash as the care instruction. Follow the care label sewn into the throw for the cycle and temperature. If in doubt, a cool, gentle wool programme with wool detergent is the careful choice.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How do I dry it?", "answer": "Press the water out between towels rather than twisting the fabric. Lay it flat in the shade and reshape it while damp. Hanging a wet wool throw stretches it out of shape.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "Avoid direct ironing. If creases bother you, hang the throw in a steamy bathroom for a few minutes and smooth it by hand.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How often should I clean it?", "answer": "Less often than you think. Airing it regularly and spot cleaning small marks means it needs a full wash less often.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How should I store it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it in a breathable cotton bag rather than sealed plastic. Natural fibres need some air movement, especially in a humid climate. Keep it dry and away from direct sunlight.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "What about moths?", "answer": "Protein fibres can attract moths if stored dirty and undisturbed for long periods. Store it clean, use it often, and add a cedar block or lavender sachet if it will sit for months. Regular airing is the simplest defence.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it scratchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the throw as very soft and scratch-free. Comfort is still personal, so judge it on your own skin.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is there a fringe?", "answer": "Yes. The photos show a twisted fringe along the short ends. The maker's 200 x 130 cm figure counts the fringe.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Does it come in other sizes or colours?", "answer": "This page is for one option: 130 x 180 cm in plain beige.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is there a label on the throw?", "answer": "The main photo shows a small grey label with a pale logo, sewn near one corner just above the fringe.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is it a good gift?", "answer": "It works well as a gift for someone who travels, works in a cold office, or likes natural materials. It is neutral in colour, so you do not need to know their taste in detail. Pair it with a note about the care advice.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "Is the wool dyed?", "answer": "No. The maker states the alpaca wool is undyed, so the beige is the fibre's own colour and can vary slightly from throw to throw.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How do delivery and returns work?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping page and its Refunds & Returns page. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "How long is the fringe?", "answer": "The maker gives 180 cm for the woven length and 200 cm with the fringe counted, which works out at about 10 cm of fringe at each end.", "source": "Baby Alpaca Throw Blanket 130 x 180 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/baby-alpaca-throw-blanket-130-x-180/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this blanket made from?", "answer": "It is made from 100% cashmere, as stated by the maker. The maker says the wool is combed from the undercoat of cashmere goats, spun into fine yarn and then woven by hand.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "How big is it?", "answer": "It measures 135 x 270 cm, which the listing describes as queen size. That is long enough to cover a single person from shoulders to feet with room to spare, or to lie across a double bed as a top layer. It also runs the length of most three-seat sofas.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "How heavy is the throw?", "answer": "It weighs about 550 g. For a piece that measures 135 x 270 cm, that is light, and the maker describes it as a lightweight blanket.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Will cashmere feel too warm in a humid climate?", "answer": "We suggest it for indoors, where the air conditioning runs cold, and not for use outside in the heat. The maker lists the warmth as lightweight and the season as all. At about 550 g it is a single light layer.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is this suitable for an air-conditioned bedroom?", "answer": "Yes, that is the use we have in mind. An air-conditioned bedroom can feel cold on bare arms, and a light cashmere layer of about 550 g is something to pull up without reaching for a full duvet. Many people use a throw like this over a sheet.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Can I use it in the office?", "answer": "It works well as an office throw if your workspace is cold. Folded in thirds it drapes neatly over a chair back or across the knees while you work. The grey brown colour is neutral enough that it does not look out of place in a shared space.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a travel blanket?", "answer": "Yes. At about 550 g it folds down small and adds little to the weight of a cabin bag. It is useful on a long flight and on trips to colder countries.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What does herringbone weave mean?", "answer": "Herringbone is a weave pattern that creates fine diagonal lines running in alternating directions, like the bones of a fish. It gives the fabric texture and a bit of visual depth compared with a plain weave. The effect here is subtle rather than bold.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The colour is listed as grey brown. In the photos the weave mixes a soft grey brown yarn with a paler cream one, so up close you see fine two-tone zigzag lines and from a distance a muted warm grey. It sits easily against timber, linen and off-white walls.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is the pattern printed or woven in?", "answer": "Woven in. The maker's title calls it a fine herringbone pattern, and the photos show a fine herringbone across the whole throw. The listing also gives the pattern as solid and the weave type as plain, which we take to mean there is no print or added motif.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is it handmade?", "answer": "Yes. The maker states that it is hand woven in Nepal, in small family businesses. Handweaving means the yarn is worked on a loom by a person, so minor variations in the surface are normal.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Will it shed or pill?", "answer": "The maker says very light lint is a typical feature of untreated natural wool. A gentle shake and an occasional airing helps. Pilling can appear where the fabric rubs a lot, and it can be removed carefully with a cashmere comb.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "How do I wash it?", "answer": "The maker recommends a hand wash, or a gentle wool cycle in the machine without spinning. We suggest cool water and a detergent made for wool. Do not wring it. Press the water out gently, then lay it flat to dry away from direct sun.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Can I put it in the tumble dryer?", "answer": "No. The maker says it is not suitable for the dryer. Dry it flat instead.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "No. The maker says it should not be ironed. If it looks creased after storage, hang it up for a while and let the creases drop out.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Less often than you would think. The maker says cashmere wool needs little care. Airing the throw regularly does most of the work. Wash it only when it is actually soiled.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What if something spills on it?", "answer": "Blot the spot straight away with a clean cloth, working from the outside of the mark inwards so it does not spread. Use cool water and a tiny amount of wool detergent if needed, then let it air dry flat. Avoid rubbing hard, which can felt the surface.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "How should I store it when I am not using it?", "answer": "Fold it and keep it in a breathable cotton bag rather than sealed plastic, which traps moisture. In humid conditions, make sure it is completely dry before putting it away. Airing it every few weeks helps keep the fibres fresh.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for a baby or young child?", "answer": "The listing gives an age range of all and a recommended user type of adult. As with any loose blanket, it should not be placed in a cot or left over a sleeping infant.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Can I use it on a sofa every day?", "answer": "Yes, it is described as a throw blanket meant for daily use on a sofa, chair or bed. Daily use can cause some surface fuzzing where it rubs. Rotating how you fold it spreads the wear out.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Will it work as a bedspread?", "answer": "At 135 x 270 cm it lies well across a double or queen bed as a top layer or a foot-of-bed throw. It is not a duvet. The maker lists the warmth as lightweight. Think of it as the soft layer you pull up when the room gets cold.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Does it have fringes or a hem?", "answer": "The photos show a short, fine fringe along the edge of the throw, where the yarn ends are left loose. There is no long tassel fringe and no added trim.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is it the same as a wool blanket?", "answer": "Cashmere is a type of wool, but it comes from goats, not sheep. The maker says it is combed from the undercoat of cashmere goats. This throw is 100% cashmere, as stated by the maker, with no sheep's wool in it.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is it itchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the blanket as pleasantly soft. Individual sensitivity varies, so if you have a known wool sensitivity, test it against your forearm first.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A cashmere blanket gift suits housewarmings, weddings, birthdays and anniversaries because it is useful rather than decorative only. The neutral grey brown colour means you do not need to know the recipient's decorating scheme.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Can two people share it?", "answer": "Across a sofa, yes. At 270 cm long it stretches comfortably over two seated people. For sleeping, one person will want the whole thing, since 135 cm is the narrow dimension.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Is it water resistant?", "answer": "No, it is listed as not water resistant. It is an indoor throw, not a weather layer. Keep it away from damp surfaces and dry it properly if it does get wet.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What does the maker suggest using it for?", "answer": "The listing gives the recommended uses as decorating, napping and reading. The maker suggests hanging it over a couch, sofa or chair in the living room.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What is included?", "answer": "You receive one cashmere throw in grey brown, 135 x 270 cm. The listing gives the number of items as one.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "Where can I find delivery and returns information?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages. Please read both before you order.", "source": "Handwoven Pure Cashmere Throw 135 x 270 cm", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/cashmere-blanket-135-x-270/" }, { "question": "What exactly is this blanket made from?", "answer": "The maker states the fabric is 25% merino wool, 72% polyester and 3% nylon. That makes it a merino blend, not a pure merino blanket.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is this pure merino wool?", "answer": "No, and we would rather be straightforward about that. It is a blend with a quarter merino wool content by the maker's own figures. If you specifically want 100% merino, this is not that product.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "How big is it in centimetres?", "answer": "The blanket measures 160 x 200 cm, which the maker also gives as 2 metres long by 1.6 metres wide. That is wide enough to cover a double bed and long enough that a tall adult can stretch out under it.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a double bed as a bedspread?", "answer": "Yes. A standard double mattress is around 137 x 190 cm, so at 160 x 200 cm the blanket covers the top and gives a modest overhang at the sides. It works well layered over a duvet or used on its own in an air-conditioned bedroom.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Will it fit a queen or king bed?", "answer": "On a queen it will cover the sleeping surface with a small drop at the sides, which looks tidy as a top layer. On a king it is better treated as a bed-end runner or a throw across one side rather than a full bedspread.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is it big enough for two people on a sofa?", "answer": "Yes, 160 cm of width is generous for two adults sitting side by side. That makes this size a sensible pick when you share your evenings with someone.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "What colour is it?", "answer": "The maker calls the colour pumpkin. The photos show a burnt orange in a solid colour, with a dark brown binding sewn round the edge. There is no pattern, so it works as a single block of colour against neutral furniture.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Does the colour suit a modern flat?", "answer": "It tends to. Warm orange sits comfortably against grey, cream, charcoal, pale timber and rattan, which covers most condominium interiors. If your room is already colourful, use it as the only strong colour rather than adding more.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is it a single layer or a double-sided quilted blanket?", "answer": "The maker describes it as a single layered blanket. That means one piece of fabric with no filling, which folds flatter than a quilted or double-faced throw.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "What is the edge like?", "answer": "The photos show a dark brown fabric binding sewn round all four edges, with a small sewn label at one corner. The binding frames the orange and gives the blanket a neat border.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is it warm enough for a strongly air-conditioned office?", "answer": "It is a large wool blend blanket, so over the shoulders or across the lap it is the kind of layer people keep for a cold office. We do not give a warmth rating for it.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I take it on a flight?", "answer": "Yes, it can go in a carry-on. Bear in mind that at 160 x 200 cm it is a full-size blanket, so fold it and check it fits your bag before you travel.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Will it work in a cold country trip?", "answer": "It is useful as a layer in hotel rooms, on trains and in cars where you cannot control the heating. For outdoor wear in genuinely cold conditions, a proper coat does the job better than a throw.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "What is the texture like?", "answer": "The photos show a textured surface with a fine, twill-like weave. The maker describes the pile as soft, light and fluffy.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is it itchy?", "answer": "The maker describes the pile as soft and more delicate than a normal blanket, and only a quarter of the fabric is wool. Anyone with a known wool sensitivity should still test it first, or use a layer of cotton in between.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I wash it at home?", "answer": "Yes. The maker states that it is hand or machine washable. Use a gentle or wool cycle, cool water and a mild wool-safe detergent.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "What temperature should I wash it at?", "answer": "Cool water on a gentle cycle is the safe choice for any wool blend. Hot water and vigorous agitation are the two things most likely to shrink or felt wool fibres, so avoid both.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I tumble dry it?", "answer": "Avoid high heat. Dry it flat, reshaping while damp, away from direct sun and direct heat sources. If you must use a dryer, pick the lowest heat setting and take it out while still slightly damp.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Should I use fabric softener?", "answer": "No. Softener coats wool fibres and dulls the natural handle over time. A small amount of wool-safe detergent is enough, and in a humid climate airing the blanket between washes does more good than extra product.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "How often should I wash it?", "answer": "Less often than you would a bedsheet. Airing it every week or two and washing it when it needs it is usually enough for a sofa throw. A travel blanket may need washing after each trip.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I iron it?", "answer": "The maker says it does not wrinkle when folded. If a fold line does set, hang the blanket for a few hours, or use a cool iron with a pressing cloth.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Will it pill?", "answer": "Any blanket with surface pile can pill a little in high-friction areas such as where it rubs against a sofa arm. Gentle washing helps, and a fabric comb removes pills quickly if they appear.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Will it shed on dark clothes?", "answer": "A light shedding of loose fibres can happen in the first few uses, then it tends to settle. Give it a good shake before the first use and run a lint roller over dark clothing if needed.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Is it suitable for children?", "answer": "The maker gives the age range as adult. It is a large blanket, so for small children a smaller one is easier to handle. Older children can use it under supervision as a sofa or travel throw.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I use it as a picnic or beach blanket?", "answer": "The maker does suggest it as a picnic and beach blanket. Sand and grit work their way into any wool pile and are a nuisance to shake out, so many people keep it for indoors, the car and travel, and use a cheaper mat on the ground.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Does it work as a bedspread over a duvet?", "answer": "Yes, and that is one of the nicest uses for this size. Laid across the foot of the bed or over the whole duvet it adds colour and a little extra warmth for those nights when the air conditioning is set low.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Does it make a good gift?", "answer": "It does. A throw is one of the few homeware gifts that works without knowing someone's exact taste in furniture, and the 160 x 200 cm size means it is useful in almost any home. It also suits anyone who travels to colder places regularly.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "How do I store it when I am not using it?", "answer": "Fold it loosely and keep it somewhere dry with a little airflow rather than sealed in plastic. In humid conditions a cotton bag is better than an airtight box, and an occasional airing does it good.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Where do I find delivery and returns terms?", "answer": "Delivery and returns terms are set out on the store's Shipping and Refunds & Returns pages.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" }, { "question": "Can I keep it in the car?", "answer": "Yes. The maker suggests it as a car blanket. Folded, it sits on a back seat or in the boot, ready for passengers who find the air conditioning cold.", "source": "Merino Blend Blanket 160 x 200 cm (25% Merino Wool), Pumpkin Orange", "url": "https://quietluxury.asia/merino-blend-blanket-160-x-200/" } ] }